1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "common/common-target.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
95 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 #include "cfglayout.h"
99 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
100 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
101 static rtx cached_next_real_insn;
103 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
104 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
106 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
107 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
108 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
109 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
110 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
111 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
112 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
113 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
115 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
116 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
119 /* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been
120 totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */
121 #undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 #undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
123 #if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000)
124 #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
127 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
129 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
132 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
133 must be kept around forever. */
134 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
136 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
137 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
138 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
140 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
142 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
143 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
144 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
145 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
146 define type declaration DIE's. */
147 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
149 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
150 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
151 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
152 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
153 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
154 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
155 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
162 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
163 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
165 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
166 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
167 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
170 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
171 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
173 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
174 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
177 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
178 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
179 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
181 /* CIE identifier. */
182 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
183 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
184 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
186 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
189 DEF_VEC_P (dw_fde_ref);
190 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_fde_ref, gc);
192 /* A vector for a table that contains frame description
193 information for each routine. */
194 static GTY(()) VEC(dw_fde_ref, gc) *fde_vec;
196 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
198 unsigned int refcount;
199 enum dwarf_form form;
203 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
205 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
207 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
208 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
210 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
212 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
213 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
215 /* The default cold text section. */
216 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
218 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
220 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
221 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
222 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
224 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
226 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
228 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
229 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
230 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
232 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
233 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
236 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
237 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
240 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
241 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
244 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
245 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
248 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
249 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
252 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
253 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
255 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
256 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
257 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
258 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
259 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
260 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
261 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
262 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
263 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
264 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
266 /* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */
269 matches_main_base (const char *path)
271 /* Cache the last query. */
272 static const char *last_path = NULL;
273 static int last_match = 0;
274 if (path != last_path)
277 int length = base_of_path (path, &base);
279 last_match = (length == main_input_baselength
280 && memcmp (base, main_input_basename, length) == 0);
285 #ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT
288 dump_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage,
289 enum debug_struct_file criterion, int generic,
290 int matches, int result)
292 /* Find the type name. */
293 tree type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (type);
295 const char *name = 0;
296 if (TREE_CODE (t) == TYPE_DECL)
299 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
301 fprintf (stderr, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n",
303 DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl) ? "sys" : "usr",
304 matches ? "bas" : "hdr",
305 generic ? "gen" : "ord",
306 usage == DINFO_USAGE_DFN ? ";" :
307 usage == DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE ? "." : "*",
309 (void*) type_decl, name);
312 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
313 dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result)
317 #define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \
323 should_emit_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage)
325 enum debug_struct_file criterion;
327 bool generic = lang_hooks.types.generic_p (type);
330 criterion = debug_struct_generic[usage];
332 criterion = debug_struct_ordinary[usage];
334 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE)
335 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
336 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY)
337 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true);
339 type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type));
341 if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS && DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl))
342 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true);
344 if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl)))
345 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, true, true);
346 return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false);
349 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
350 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
353 stripattributes (const char *s)
355 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
360 while (*s && *s != ',')
367 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
368 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
369 for collect2 the first time around. */
372 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
376 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
377 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
381 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
387 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
389 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
391 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
394 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
395 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
396 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
397 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
398 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
399 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
400 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
403 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
404 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
406 #endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */
408 if (eh_frame_section)
409 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
412 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
413 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
414 switch_to_section (data_section);
418 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
419 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
420 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
421 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
422 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
427 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
431 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
434 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
437 if (!debug_frame_section)
438 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
439 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
440 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
444 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
446 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
447 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
452 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
453 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
454 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
455 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
458 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
459 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
460 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
461 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
462 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
465 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
467 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
468 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
470 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
471 case DW_CFA_undefined:
472 case DW_CFA_same_value:
473 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
474 case DW_CFA_register:
475 case DW_CFA_expression:
476 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
478 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
479 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
480 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
481 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
483 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
484 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
491 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
493 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
494 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
499 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
501 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
502 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
503 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
505 case DW_CFA_register:
506 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
508 case DW_CFA_expression:
509 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
512 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
516 /* Output one FDE. */
519 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
520 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
521 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
523 const char *begin, *end;
524 static unsigned int j;
527 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
529 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
531 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
533 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
534 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
535 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
536 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
538 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
541 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
543 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
544 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
546 begin = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_begin : fde->dw_fde_begin;
547 end = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end;
551 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
552 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
553 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
554 "FDE initial location");
555 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
556 end, begin, "FDE address range");
560 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
561 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
568 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
570 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
572 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
574 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
575 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
576 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
579 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
582 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
584 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
587 fde->funcdef_number);
588 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
589 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
591 "Language Specific Data Area");
595 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
596 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
597 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
598 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
602 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
605 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with this FDE. */
606 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
608 size_t from, until, i;
611 until = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi);
613 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
616 until = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
618 from = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index;
620 for (i = from; i < until; i++)
621 output_cfi (VEC_index (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, i), fde, for_eh);
624 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
625 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
626 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
627 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
628 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
630 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
631 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
632 switch *back* into the table section. */
633 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
634 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
635 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
638 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
639 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
640 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
641 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
646 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
649 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
651 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
654 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
657 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
660 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
661 if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
667 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
668 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
669 location of saved registers. */
672 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
677 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
678 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
679 char augmentation[6];
680 int augmentation_size;
681 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
682 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
683 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
685 rtx personality = NULL;
688 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
692 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
693 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
696 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
697 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
698 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
699 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
700 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
701 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
704 bool any_eh_needed = false;
706 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, i, fde)
708 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
709 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
710 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
711 any_eh_needed = true;
712 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
713 targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, 1, 1);
720 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
724 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
725 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
727 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
728 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
730 /* Output the CIE. */
731 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
732 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
733 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
734 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
735 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
736 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
737 "Length of Common Information Entry");
738 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
740 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
741 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
742 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
743 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
744 "CIE Identifier Tag");
746 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
747 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
748 due to overflowing the return register column. */
749 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
751 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
753 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
756 augmentation_size = 0;
758 personality = current_unit_personality;
764 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
765 augmentation section.
766 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
767 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
768 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
770 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
771 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
773 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
774 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
775 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
777 p = augmentation + 1;
781 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
782 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
787 augmentation_size += 1;
789 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
792 augmentation_size += 1;
794 if (p > augmentation + 1)
796 augmentation[0] = 'z';
800 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
801 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
803 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
805 + 1 /* CIE version */
806 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
807 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
808 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
810 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
811 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
812 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
814 augmentation_size += pad;
816 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
817 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
818 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
822 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
823 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
828 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
829 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
830 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
832 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
835 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
842 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
843 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
844 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
850 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
851 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
853 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
854 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
855 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
858 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, i, cfi)
859 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
861 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
862 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
863 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
864 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
866 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
867 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, i, fde)
871 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
872 if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
875 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_second_begin ? 2 : 1); k++)
876 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
877 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
880 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
881 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
882 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
883 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
884 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
885 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
888 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
893 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
896 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
900 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
902 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
906 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
909 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
910 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
911 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
912 of the weirder relocation types. */
913 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
914 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
916 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
917 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
918 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
921 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
925 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
926 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
927 current_function_funcdef_no);
928 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
929 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
931 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
932 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
934 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
935 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
936 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
940 /* Allocate CURRENT_FDE. Immediately initialize all we can, noting that
941 this allocation may be done before pass_final. */
944 dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde (void)
948 fde = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_fde_node ();
949 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
950 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
951 fde->fde_index = VEC_length (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec);
952 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
953 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
954 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
955 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
956 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
958 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
960 VEC_safe_push (dw_fde_ref, gc, fde_vec, fde);
965 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
969 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
970 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
972 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
978 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
980 do_frame = dwarf2out_do_frame ();
982 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for
983 call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */
986 || targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET))
989 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
990 switch_to_section (fnsec);
991 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
992 current_function_funcdef_no);
993 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
994 current_function_funcdef_no);
995 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
996 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
998 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
1002 /* Cater to the various TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK implementations that
1003 emit insns as rtx but bypass the bulk of rest_of_compilation, which
1004 would include pass_dwarf2_frame. If we've not created the FDE yet,
1008 fde = dwarf2out_alloc_current_fde ();
1010 /* Initialize the bits of CURRENT_FDE that were not available earlier. */
1011 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
1012 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
1013 fde->in_std_section = (fnsec == text_section
1014 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
1016 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
1017 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
1018 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
1020 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
1023 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1024 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
1027 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
1028 if (!current_unit_personality)
1029 current_unit_personality = personality;
1031 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
1032 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
1033 function anymore. */
1034 if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
1035 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
1036 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
1040 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
1041 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
1045 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1046 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1048 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1050 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1052 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
1053 current_function_funcdef_no);
1054 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
1055 current_function_funcdef_no);
1056 cfun->fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label);
1059 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
1060 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
1064 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1065 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1067 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
1068 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1070 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
1073 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1075 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
1076 current_function_funcdef_no);
1077 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL,
1078 current_function_funcdef_no);
1079 fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label);
1082 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
1083 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
1087 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1088 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1091 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
1093 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
1094 cached_next_real_insn = NULL_RTX;
1096 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1097 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1099 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
1101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
1102 current_function_funcdef_no);
1103 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
1105 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
1106 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL)
1107 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
1111 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
1113 /* Output call frame information. */
1114 if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2)
1115 output_call_frame_info (0);
1117 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
1118 if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
1119 && targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2)
1120 output_call_frame_info (1);
1123 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
1126 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
1128 section *sec = current_function_section ();
1129 if (sec == text_section)
1130 text_section_used = true;
1131 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
1132 cold_text_section_used = true;
1135 static void var_location_switch_text_section (void);
1136 static void set_cur_line_info_table (section *);
1139 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
1142 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
1144 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL);
1146 if (!in_cold_section_p)
1148 fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
1149 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
1150 fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
1154 fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
1155 fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
1156 fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
1158 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
1160 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
1161 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
1162 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
1164 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1165 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
1167 /* Now do the real section switch. */
1168 sect = current_function_section ();
1169 switch_to_section (sect);
1171 fde->second_in_std_section
1172 = (sect == text_section
1173 || (cold_text_section && sect == cold_text_section));
1175 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
1176 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
1178 var_location_switch_text_section ();
1180 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
1181 set_cur_line_info_table (sect);
1184 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
1185 for emitting location expressions. */
1187 /* Data about a single source file. */
1188 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
1189 const char * filename;
1193 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
1197 } deferred_locations;
1199 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
1200 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
1202 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
1204 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
1205 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
1207 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
1208 so you can track variables that are in different places over
1209 their entire life. */
1210 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
1211 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
1212 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
1213 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
1214 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
1215 Only on head of list */
1216 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
1217 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
1219 /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be
1222 /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */
1225 /* True if the range should be emitted even if begin and end
1230 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
1232 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
1235 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
1240 return "DW_OP_addr";
1242 return "DW_OP_deref";
1244 return "DW_OP_const1u";
1246 return "DW_OP_const1s";
1248 return "DW_OP_const2u";
1250 return "DW_OP_const2s";
1252 return "DW_OP_const4u";
1254 return "DW_OP_const4s";
1256 return "DW_OP_const8u";
1258 return "DW_OP_const8s";
1260 return "DW_OP_constu";
1262 return "DW_OP_consts";
1266 return "DW_OP_drop";
1268 return "DW_OP_over";
1270 return "DW_OP_pick";
1272 return "DW_OP_swap";
1276 return "DW_OP_xderef";
1284 return "DW_OP_minus";
1296 return "DW_OP_plus";
1297 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
1298 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
1304 return "DW_OP_shra";
1322 return "DW_OP_skip";
1324 return "DW_OP_lit0";
1326 return "DW_OP_lit1";
1328 return "DW_OP_lit2";
1330 return "DW_OP_lit3";
1332 return "DW_OP_lit4";
1334 return "DW_OP_lit5";
1336 return "DW_OP_lit6";
1338 return "DW_OP_lit7";
1340 return "DW_OP_lit8";
1342 return "DW_OP_lit9";
1344 return "DW_OP_lit10";
1346 return "DW_OP_lit11";
1348 return "DW_OP_lit12";
1350 return "DW_OP_lit13";
1352 return "DW_OP_lit14";
1354 return "DW_OP_lit15";
1356 return "DW_OP_lit16";
1358 return "DW_OP_lit17";
1360 return "DW_OP_lit18";
1362 return "DW_OP_lit19";
1364 return "DW_OP_lit20";
1366 return "DW_OP_lit21";
1368 return "DW_OP_lit22";
1370 return "DW_OP_lit23";
1372 return "DW_OP_lit24";
1374 return "DW_OP_lit25";
1376 return "DW_OP_lit26";
1378 return "DW_OP_lit27";
1380 return "DW_OP_lit28";
1382 return "DW_OP_lit29";
1384 return "DW_OP_lit30";
1386 return "DW_OP_lit31";
1388 return "DW_OP_reg0";
1390 return "DW_OP_reg1";
1392 return "DW_OP_reg2";
1394 return "DW_OP_reg3";
1396 return "DW_OP_reg4";
1398 return "DW_OP_reg5";
1400 return "DW_OP_reg6";
1402 return "DW_OP_reg7";
1404 return "DW_OP_reg8";
1406 return "DW_OP_reg9";
1408 return "DW_OP_reg10";
1410 return "DW_OP_reg11";
1412 return "DW_OP_reg12";
1414 return "DW_OP_reg13";
1416 return "DW_OP_reg14";
1418 return "DW_OP_reg15";
1420 return "DW_OP_reg16";
1422 return "DW_OP_reg17";
1424 return "DW_OP_reg18";
1426 return "DW_OP_reg19";
1428 return "DW_OP_reg20";
1430 return "DW_OP_reg21";
1432 return "DW_OP_reg22";
1434 return "DW_OP_reg23";
1436 return "DW_OP_reg24";
1438 return "DW_OP_reg25";
1440 return "DW_OP_reg26";
1442 return "DW_OP_reg27";
1444 return "DW_OP_reg28";
1446 return "DW_OP_reg29";
1448 return "DW_OP_reg30";
1450 return "DW_OP_reg31";
1452 return "DW_OP_breg0";
1454 return "DW_OP_breg1";
1456 return "DW_OP_breg2";
1458 return "DW_OP_breg3";
1460 return "DW_OP_breg4";
1462 return "DW_OP_breg5";
1464 return "DW_OP_breg6";
1466 return "DW_OP_breg7";
1468 return "DW_OP_breg8";
1470 return "DW_OP_breg9";
1472 return "DW_OP_breg10";
1474 return "DW_OP_breg11";
1476 return "DW_OP_breg12";
1478 return "DW_OP_breg13";
1480 return "DW_OP_breg14";
1482 return "DW_OP_breg15";
1484 return "DW_OP_breg16";
1486 return "DW_OP_breg17";
1488 return "DW_OP_breg18";
1490 return "DW_OP_breg19";
1492 return "DW_OP_breg20";
1494 return "DW_OP_breg21";
1496 return "DW_OP_breg22";
1498 return "DW_OP_breg23";
1500 return "DW_OP_breg24";
1502 return "DW_OP_breg25";
1504 return "DW_OP_breg26";
1506 return "DW_OP_breg27";
1508 return "DW_OP_breg28";
1510 return "DW_OP_breg29";
1512 return "DW_OP_breg30";
1514 return "DW_OP_breg31";
1516 return "DW_OP_regx";
1518 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
1520 return "DW_OP_bregx";
1522 return "DW_OP_piece";
1523 case DW_OP_deref_size:
1524 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
1525 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
1526 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
1530 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
1531 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
1533 return "DW_OP_call2";
1535 return "DW_OP_call4";
1536 case DW_OP_call_ref:
1537 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
1538 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
1539 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
1540 case DW_OP_stack_value:
1541 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
1542 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
1543 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
1544 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
1545 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
1546 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
1547 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
1549 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
1550 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
1551 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
1552 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
1553 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
1554 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
1555 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
1556 return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer";
1557 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
1558 return "DW_OP_GNU_entry_value";
1559 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
1560 return "DW_OP_GNU_const_type";
1561 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
1562 return "DW_OP_GNU_regval_type";
1563 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
1564 return "DW_OP_GNU_deref_type";
1565 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
1566 return "DW_OP_GNU_convert";
1567 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
1568 return "DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret";
1569 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
1570 return "DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref";
1573 return "OP_<unknown>";
1577 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
1578 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
1579 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
1581 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1582 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
1583 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
1585 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
1587 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
1588 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
1589 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
1590 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
1591 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
1596 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
1599 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
1600 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1603 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
1606 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
1609 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
1612 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
1614 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
1616 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1617 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
1623 /* Compare two location operands for exact equality. */
1626 dw_val_equal_p (dw_val_node *a, dw_val_node *b)
1628 if (a->val_class != b->val_class)
1630 switch (a->val_class)
1632 case dw_val_class_none:
1634 case dw_val_class_addr:
1635 return rtx_equal_p (a->v.val_addr, b->v.val_addr);
1637 case dw_val_class_offset:
1638 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
1639 case dw_val_class_const:
1640 case dw_val_class_range_list:
1641 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
1642 case dw_val_class_macptr:
1643 /* These are all HOST_WIDE_INT, signed or unsigned. */
1644 return a->v.val_unsigned == b->v.val_unsigned;
1646 case dw_val_class_loc:
1647 return a->v.val_loc == b->v.val_loc;
1648 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
1649 return a->v.val_loc_list == b->v.val_loc_list;
1650 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
1651 return a->v.val_die_ref.die == b->v.val_die_ref.die;
1652 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
1653 return a->v.val_fde_index == b->v.val_fde_index;
1654 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
1655 return strcmp (a->v.val_lbl_id, b->v.val_lbl_id) == 0;
1656 case dw_val_class_str:
1657 return a->v.val_str == b->v.val_str;
1658 case dw_val_class_flag:
1659 return a->v.val_flag == b->v.val_flag;
1660 case dw_val_class_file:
1661 return a->v.val_file == b->v.val_file;
1662 case dw_val_class_decl_ref:
1663 return a->v.val_decl_ref == b->v.val_decl_ref;
1665 case dw_val_class_const_double:
1666 return (a->v.val_double.high == b->v.val_double.high
1667 && a->v.val_double.low == b->v.val_double.low);
1669 case dw_val_class_vec:
1671 size_t a_len = a->v.val_vec.elt_size * a->v.val_vec.length;
1672 size_t b_len = b->v.val_vec.elt_size * b->v.val_vec.length;
1674 return (a_len == b_len
1675 && !memcmp (a->v.val_vec.array, b->v.val_vec.array, a_len));
1678 case dw_val_class_data8:
1679 return memcmp (a->v.val_data8, b->v.val_data8, 8) == 0;
1681 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
1682 return (!strcmp (a->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1, b->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1)
1683 && !strcmp (a->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1, b->v.val_vms_delta.lbl1));
1688 /* Compare two location atoms for exact equality. */
1691 loc_descr_equal_p_1 (dw_loc_descr_ref a, dw_loc_descr_ref b)
1693 if (a->dw_loc_opc != b->dw_loc_opc)
1696 /* ??? This is only ever set for DW_OP_constNu, for N equal to the
1697 address size, but since we always allocate cleared storage it
1698 should be zero for other types of locations. */
1699 if (a->dtprel != b->dtprel)
1702 return (dw_val_equal_p (&a->dw_loc_oprnd1, &b->dw_loc_oprnd1)
1703 && dw_val_equal_p (&a->dw_loc_oprnd2, &b->dw_loc_oprnd2));
1706 /* Compare two complete location expressions for exact equality. */
1709 loc_descr_equal_p (dw_loc_descr_ref a, dw_loc_descr_ref b)
1715 if (a == NULL || b == NULL)
1717 if (!loc_descr_equal_p_1 (a, b))
1726 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
1729 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1731 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
1734 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
1739 /* Find the end of the chain. */
1740 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
1744 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
1745 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
1746 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
1747 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
1748 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
1750 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
1751 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
1753 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
1754 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
1757 else if (offset > 0)
1758 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
1762 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
1763 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
1767 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
1770 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1773 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
1774 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
1777 #define DWARF_REF_SIZE \
1778 (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
1780 static unsigned long int get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref);
1782 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
1784 static unsigned long
1785 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
1787 unsigned long size = 1;
1789 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
1792 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
1811 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1814 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1819 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
1820 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1858 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1861 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1864 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
1867 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1868 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
1871 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1873 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
1874 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1875 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
1877 case DW_OP_deref_size:
1878 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
1887 case DW_OP_call_ref:
1888 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE;
1890 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
1891 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
1892 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
1894 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
1895 size += DWARF_REF_SIZE + size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
1897 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
1899 unsigned long op_size = size_of_locs (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
1900 size += size_of_uleb128 (op_size) + op_size;
1903 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
1906 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
1907 size += size_of_uleb128 (o) + 1;
1908 switch (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class)
1910 case dw_val_class_vec:
1911 size += loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length
1912 * loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size;
1914 case dw_val_class_const:
1915 size += HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
1917 case dw_val_class_const_double:
1918 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / BITS_PER_UNIT;
1925 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
1928 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
1929 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
1930 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
1933 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
1936 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die);
1937 size += 1 + size_of_uleb128 (o);
1940 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
1941 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
1942 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
1943 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
1947 = get_base_type_offset (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die);
1948 size += size_of_uleb128 (o);
1951 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
1961 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
1964 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
1969 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
1970 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
1971 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
1973 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
1975 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
1980 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
1982 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
1983 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
1989 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
1990 static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref);
1991 static unsigned long int get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref);
1993 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
1994 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
1995 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
1996 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
1997 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
1998 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2001 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
2003 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2004 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2006 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2008 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2011 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2016 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
2017 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 4,
2019 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2024 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2029 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel);
2030 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 8,
2032 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2037 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
2038 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2045 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
2046 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2048 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2051 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
2052 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2053 switch (val2->val_class)
2055 case dw_val_class_const:
2056 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2058 case dw_val_class_vec:
2060 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
2061 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
2065 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
2070 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
2073 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
2074 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
2077 case dw_val_class_const_double:
2079 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
2081 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2083 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
2084 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
2088 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
2089 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
2091 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
2093 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
2097 case dw_val_class_addr:
2098 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
2099 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
2114 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
2115 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2116 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2117 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2118 only doing unwinding. */
2123 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2129 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2132 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2134 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2169 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2173 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
2174 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
2175 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2176 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2177 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2178 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2182 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2186 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
2187 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
2188 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2189 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2190 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2191 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2192 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2196 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2198 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
2199 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2200 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2202 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2203 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2204 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2210 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
2212 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
2215 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2222 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2223 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2230 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
2232 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
2233 + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / 2 + 2];
2234 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
2235 get_ref_die_offset_label (label, val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2236 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE, label, debug_info_section, NULL);
2237 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2241 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
2242 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size_of_locs (val1->v.val_loc), NULL);
2243 output_loc_sequence (val1->v.val_loc, for_eh_or_skip);
2246 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
2248 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die), l;
2250 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2251 switch (val2->val_class)
2253 case dw_val_class_const:
2254 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
2255 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
2256 dw2_asm_output_data (l, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2258 case dw_val_class_vec:
2260 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
2261 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
2266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, l, NULL);
2267 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
2272 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
2275 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
2276 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
2279 case dw_val_class_const_double:
2281 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
2282 l = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
2284 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2 * l, NULL);
2285 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
2287 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
2288 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
2292 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
2293 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
2295 dw2_asm_output_data (l, first, NULL);
2296 dw2_asm_output_data (l, second, NULL);
2304 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
2306 unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned;
2307 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
2309 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0)
2311 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2312 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2313 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2315 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2316 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2319 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
2321 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val2->v.val_die_ref.die);
2323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2324 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2327 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
2328 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
2329 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
2330 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2333 unsigned long o = get_base_type_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2335 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (o, NULL);
2339 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
2342 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref);
2343 o = get_ref_die_offset (val1->v.val_die_ref.die);
2344 dw2_asm_output_data (4, o, NULL);
2349 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2354 /* Output a sequence of location operations.
2355 The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are
2356 converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that
2357 hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind
2358 info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted
2359 (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */
2362 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip)
2364 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2366 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc;
2367 /* Output the opcode. */
2368 if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0
2369 && opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31)
2371 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0);
2372 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2373 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2374 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r);
2376 else if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0
2377 && opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31)
2379 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0);
2380 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip);
2381 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2382 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r);
2385 dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc,
2386 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc));
2388 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2389 output_loc_operands (loc, for_eh_or_skip);
2393 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
2394 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
2397 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2399 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2400 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2402 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2405 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
2406 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
2412 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2413 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2414 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2415 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
2420 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2421 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
2426 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2427 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
2432 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
2433 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2434 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
2442 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
2443 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2445 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2446 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
2452 unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1);
2453 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2454 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2455 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2456 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r);
2461 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2463 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2464 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2467 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
2468 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
2470 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
2507 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2508 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
2513 unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1);
2514 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r)
2515 == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned));
2516 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2517 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r);
2518 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2519 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
2523 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
2524 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
2525 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
2526 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
2527 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
2528 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
2529 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
2530 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
2535 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2541 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2545 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc;
2546 /* Output the opcode. */
2547 if (opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31)
2549 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0);
2550 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1);
2551 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2552 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r);
2554 else if (opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31)
2556 unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0);
2557 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1);
2558 gcc_assert (r <= 31);
2559 opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r);
2561 /* Output the opcode. */
2562 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", opc);
2563 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
2565 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
2567 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
2569 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
2573 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
2574 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
2577 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2578 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
2580 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
2582 offset += cfa->offset;
2586 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2587 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2588 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2589 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2592 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
2593 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2597 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
2602 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
2603 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
2606 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2607 build_cfa_aligned_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa,
2608 HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
2610 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
2611 unsigned int dwarf_fp
2612 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2614 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
2615 if (cfa->reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa->indirect == 0)
2617 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
2618 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
2619 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
2620 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
2623 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
2627 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
2629 /* .debug_str support. */
2630 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
2632 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
2633 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
2634 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
2635 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
2636 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
2637 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
2638 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
2639 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
2640 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2641 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
2642 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
2643 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
2644 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
2645 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
2646 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
2648 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
2649 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
2650 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
2651 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
2653 /* The debug hooks structure. */
2655 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
2659 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
2662 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
2663 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
2664 dwarf2out_begin_block,
2665 dwarf2out_end_block,
2666 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
2667 dwarf2out_source_line,
2668 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
2669 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2670 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue,
2671 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue,
2673 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
2674 debug_nothing_int_charstar,
2676 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
2677 dwarf2out_begin_function,
2678 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
2679 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
2680 dwarf2out_global_decl,
2681 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
2682 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
2683 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
2684 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
2685 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
2686 something tries to reference them. */
2687 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
2688 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
2689 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
2690 dwarf2out_var_location,
2691 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
2693 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */
2694 TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE /* tree_type_symtab_field */
2697 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
2698 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
2699 throughout the remainder of this file. */
2701 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
2702 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
2703 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
2704 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
2706 /* Whether to put type DIEs into their own section .debug_types instead
2707 of making them part of the .debug_info section. Only supported for
2708 Dwarf V4 or higher and the user didn't disable them through
2709 -fno-debug-types-section. It is more efficient to put them in a
2710 separate comdat sections since the linker will then be able to
2711 remove duplicates. But not all tools support .debug_types sections
2714 #define use_debug_types (dwarf_version >= 4 && flag_debug_types_section)
2716 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
2717 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
2719 typedef long int dw_offset;
2721 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
2723 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
2724 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
2725 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
2726 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
2727 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
2728 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
2730 /* The entries in the line_info table more-or-less mirror the opcodes
2731 that are used in the real dwarf line table. Arrays of these entries
2732 are collected per section when DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO is not
2735 enum dw_line_info_opcode {
2736 /* Emit DW_LNE_set_address; the operand is the label index. */
2739 /* Emit a row to the matrix with the given line. This may be done
2740 via any combination of DW_LNS_copy, DW_LNS_advance_line, and
2744 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_file. */
2747 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_column. */
2750 /* Emit a DW_LNS_negate_stmt; the operand is ignored. */
2753 /* Emit a DW_LNS_set_prologue_end/epilogue_begin; the operand is ignored. */
2754 LI_set_prologue_end,
2755 LI_set_epilogue_begin,
2757 /* Emit a DW_LNE_set_discriminator. */
2758 LI_set_discriminator
2761 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
2762 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode;
2764 } dw_line_info_entry;
2766 DEF_VEC_O(dw_line_info_entry);
2767 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_line_info_entry, gc);
2769 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_table_struct {
2770 /* The label that marks the end of this section. */
2771 const char *end_label;
2773 /* The values for the last row of the matrix, as collected in the table.
2774 These are used to minimize the changes to the next row. */
2775 unsigned int file_num;
2776 unsigned int line_num;
2777 unsigned int column_num;
2782 VEC(dw_line_info_entry, gc) *entries;
2783 } dw_line_info_table;
2785 typedef dw_line_info_table *dw_line_info_table_p;
2787 DEF_VEC_P(dw_line_info_table_p);
2788 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_line_info_table_p, gc);
2790 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
2791 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
2792 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
2794 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
2795 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
2796 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
2800 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
2801 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
2803 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
2804 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
2805 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
2807 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
2808 union die_symbol_or_type_node
2810 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
2811 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
2813 GTY ((desc ("use_debug_types"))) die_id;
2814 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
2815 dw_die_ref die_parent;
2816 dw_die_ref die_child;
2818 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
2819 dw_offset die_offset;
2820 unsigned long die_abbrev;
2822 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
2823 int die_perennial_p;
2824 unsigned int decl_id;
2825 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
2829 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
2830 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
2831 c = die->die_child; \
2835 } while (c != die->die_child); \
2838 /* The pubname structure */
2840 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
2846 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
2847 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
2849 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
2850 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
2851 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
2855 /* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */
2857 typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct {
2859 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno;
2864 DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry);
2865 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry, gc);
2867 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
2872 /* The comdat type node structure. */
2873 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
2875 dw_die_ref root_die;
2876 dw_die_ref type_die;
2877 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
2878 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
2882 /* The limbo die list structure. */
2883 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
2886 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
2890 typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct
2894 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
2896 skeleton_chain_node;
2898 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
2899 implicitly generated for a type.
2901 Note that, unlike the C front-end (which generates a NULL named
2902 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type,
2903 and each function type node created) the C++ front-end generates
2904 a _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
2905 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
2906 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. Likewise with the Ada
2907 front-end, but for each type, tagged or not. */
2909 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
2910 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
2911 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
2912 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
2913 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
2914 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
2915 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
2916 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
2917 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
2919 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
2920 language, and compiler version. */
2922 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
2923 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
2924 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
2926 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
2927 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
2928 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
2929 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
2931 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
2932 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
2934 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
2935 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
2936 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
2937 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
2938 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
2940 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
2941 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
2942 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
2943 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
2944 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
2945 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
2947 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
2948 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
2949 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
2950 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
2952 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
2956 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
2957 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
2958 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
2960 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
2961 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE ((int)DW_LNS_set_isa + 1)
2963 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
2964 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
2966 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
2967 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
2968 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
2969 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
2970 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
2972 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
2973 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
2974 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
2977 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
2978 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
2979 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
2981 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
2982 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die;
2984 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
2985 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
2987 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
2988 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
2990 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
2991 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
2992 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
2994 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
2995 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
2997 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
2998 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
2999 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3001 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
3002 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
3003 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
3005 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
3010 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
3011 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
3013 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3014 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
3015 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
3016 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
3017 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
3018 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
3019 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
3020 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
3021 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
3022 NULL as second operand. */
3024 const char * GTY (()) label;
3025 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3028 /* Variable location list. */
3029 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
3030 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3032 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
3033 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
3034 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
3035 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
3036 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
3037 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
3038 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3040 /* Pointer to the last element before section switch,
3041 if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first
3042 is after section switch. */
3043 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch;
3045 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3046 unsigned int decl_id;
3048 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3050 /* Call argument location list. */
3051 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) call_arg_loc_node {
3052 rtx GTY (()) call_arg_loc_note;
3053 const char * GTY (()) label;
3054 tree GTY (()) block;
3056 rtx GTY (()) symbol_ref;
3057 struct call_arg_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3061 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3062 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3064 /* Head and tail of call_arg_loc chain. */
3065 static GTY (()) struct call_arg_loc_node *call_arg_locations;
3066 static struct call_arg_loc_node *call_arg_loc_last;
3068 /* Number of call sites in the current function. */
3069 static int call_site_count = -1;
3070 /* Number of tail call sites in the current function. */
3071 static int tail_call_site_count = -1;
3073 /* Vector mapping block numbers to DW_TAG_{lexical_block,inlined_subroutine}
3075 static VEC (dw_die_ref, heap) *block_map;
3077 /* A cached location list. */
3078 struct GTY (()) cached_dw_loc_list_def {
3079 /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */
3080 unsigned int decl_id;
3082 /* The cached location list. */
3083 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
3085 typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list;
3087 /* Table of cached location lists. */
3088 static GTY ((param_is (cached_dw_loc_list))) htab_t cached_dw_loc_list_table;
3090 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3091 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3092 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3093 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3094 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3096 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3097 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3099 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3100 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3102 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3103 abbrev_die_table. */
3104 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3106 /* A global counter for generating labels for line number data. */
3107 static unsigned int line_info_label_num;
3109 /* The current table to which we should emit line number information
3110 for the current function. This will be set up at the beginning of
3111 assembly for the function. */
3112 static dw_line_info_table *cur_line_info_table;
3114 /* The two default tables of line number info. */
3115 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *text_section_line_info;
3116 static GTY(()) dw_line_info_table *cold_text_section_line_info;
3118 /* The set of all non-default tables of line number info. */
3119 static GTY(()) VEC (dw_line_info_table_p, gc) *separate_line_info;
3121 /* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to
3123 static bool info_section_emitted;
3125 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3126 accessible names. */
3127 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
3129 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3130 accessible types. */
3131 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
3133 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro
3134 defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */
3135 static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) * macinfo_table;
3137 /* True if .debug_macinfo or .debug_macros section is going to be
3139 #define have_macinfo \
3140 (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE \
3141 && !VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table))
3143 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3144 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3146 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3147 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3149 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3150 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3152 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
3153 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
3154 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
3156 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
3157 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
3159 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
3160 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
3162 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3164 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3166 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3167 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
3169 /* Unique label counter. */
3170 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3172 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
3173 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
3175 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3176 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3178 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3179 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
3181 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3182 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3184 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
3185 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
3187 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
3189 /* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug
3190 info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That
3191 generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so
3192 we do it at the end of compilation. */
3193 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *generic_type_instances;
3195 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
3196 within the current function. */
3197 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
3198 static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid;
3200 static VEC (dw_die_ref, heap) *base_types;
3202 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3204 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
3205 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3206 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
3207 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3208 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3209 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3210 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
3211 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3212 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3213 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3214 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3215 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3216 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3217 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3218 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3219 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3220 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3221 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3222 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3223 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3224 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
3225 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3226 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3227 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3228 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3229 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3230 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3231 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3232 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3233 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3234 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3235 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3236 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3237 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3238 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3240 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3241 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3242 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3243 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3244 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3245 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3246 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3247 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3248 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3250 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3251 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3252 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3253 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3254 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3255 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3256 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3257 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3258 static bool is_cxx (void);
3259 static bool is_fortran (void);
3260 static bool is_ada (void);
3261 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3262 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3263 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3264 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3265 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3266 static dw_die_ref strip_naming_typedef (tree, dw_die_ref);
3267 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree);
3268 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3269 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3270 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3271 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3272 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
3273 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3274 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3275 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3276 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
3277 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3278 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
3279 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3280 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3281 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3282 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3283 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3284 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3285 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3286 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
3287 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
3288 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3289 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
3290 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3291 struct checksum_attributes;
3292 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
3293 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3294 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3295 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
3296 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3297 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
3298 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3299 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3300 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3301 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3302 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3303 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3304 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3305 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3306 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3307 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
3308 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
3309 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
3310 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
3311 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
3312 static dw_die_ref copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3313 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
3314 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
3315 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
3316 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
3319 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
3320 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
3321 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
3322 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
3324 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3325 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3326 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3327 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3328 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3329 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3330 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3331 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3332 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3333 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3334 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3335 static void calc_base_type_die_sizes (void);
3336 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3337 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3338 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3339 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
3340 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3341 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3342 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3343 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3344 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3345 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3346 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3347 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3348 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
3349 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3350 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3351 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
3352 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
3353 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
3354 static void output_aranges (unsigned long);
3355 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
3356 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
3357 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
3359 static void output_ranges (void);
3360 static dw_line_info_table *new_line_info_table (void);
3361 static void output_line_info (void);
3362 static void output_file_names (void);
3363 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3364 static int is_base_type (tree);
3365 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3366 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3367 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
3368 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3369 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
3370 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
3371 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
3372 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
3373 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
3374 enum var_init_status);
3375 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
3376 enum var_init_status);
3377 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
3378 enum var_init_status);
3379 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
3380 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
3381 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
3382 enum var_init_status);
3383 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
3384 enum var_init_status);
3385 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
3386 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
3387 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3388 static tree field_type (const_tree);
3389 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
3390 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
3391 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
3392 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
3393 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3395 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3396 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3397 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3398 static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
3399 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
3400 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3401 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, bool,
3402 enum dwarf_attribute);
3403 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3404 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
3405 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3406 static void add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, dw_die_ref);
3407 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3408 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3409 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
3410 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3411 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3412 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3413 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3414 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3415 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3416 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3417 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3418 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3419 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3420 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3421 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3422 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3423 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3424 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3425 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3426 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
3427 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
3429 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3431 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3432 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
3434 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3436 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3437 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
3438 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
3439 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3440 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3441 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3442 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3443 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3444 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3445 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3446 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3447 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3448 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3449 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3450 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3451 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3452 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
3453 enum debug_info_usage);
3454 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3455 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3456 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3457 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3458 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3459 static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
3460 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree);
3461 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
3462 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3463 static dw_die_ref gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3464 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
3465 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
3466 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3467 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3468 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
3469 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3470 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3471 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
3472 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
3473 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
3474 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3475 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3476 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
3477 const char *, const char *);
3478 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
3479 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3481 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3482 static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref);
3483 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
3484 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
3485 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
3486 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
3487 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3488 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
3489 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref);
3490 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref);
3491 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3492 const char *, const char *);
3493 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
3494 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
3495 static bool generic_type_p (tree);
3496 static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t);
3497 static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void);
3499 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3500 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3501 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3503 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3504 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3506 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3507 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3509 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3510 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3512 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION
3513 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION ".debug_macro"
3515 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3516 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3518 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3519 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3521 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3522 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3524 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
3525 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
3527 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3528 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3530 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3531 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3534 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3535 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3536 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3539 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3540 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3541 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
3542 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3545 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3546 the section names themselves. */
3548 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3549 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3551 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3552 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
3554 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3555 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3557 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3558 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3560 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3561 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3563 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3564 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3566 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3567 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3569 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3570 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3572 #ifndef DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL
3573 #define DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macro"
3577 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3578 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3579 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3580 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3581 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3583 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3584 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3585 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3586 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3587 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3588 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3589 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3590 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3591 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3592 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3594 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3595 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3597 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
3598 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
3600 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3601 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3603 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3604 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3606 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3607 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3611 /* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3613 comp_unit_die (void)
3615 if (!single_comp_unit_die)
3616 single_comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
3617 return single_comp_unit_die;
3620 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3621 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
3623 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
3626 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
3628 demangle_name_func = func;
3631 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3634 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
3636 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3637 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3638 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3641 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3645 type_main_variant (tree type)
3647 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3649 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3650 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3651 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3652 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3654 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3655 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3656 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3661 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3664 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
3666 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3668 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3669 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3672 /* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */
3675 get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label, dw_die_ref ref)
3677 sprintf (label, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label, ref->die_offset);
3680 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference to a base type. */
3682 static unsigned long int
3683 get_base_type_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
3685 if (ref->die_offset)
3686 return ref->die_offset;
3687 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_abbrev)
3689 calc_base_type_die_sizes ();
3690 gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
3692 return ref->die_offset;
3695 /* Return die_offset of a DIE reference other than base type. */
3697 static unsigned long int
3698 get_ref_die_offset (dw_die_ref ref)
3700 gcc_assert (ref->die_offset);
3701 return ref->die_offset;
3704 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3707 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
3711 case DW_TAG_padding:
3712 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3713 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3714 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3715 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3716 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3717 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3718 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3719 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3720 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3721 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3722 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3723 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3724 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3726 return "DW_TAG_label";
3727 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3728 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3730 return "DW_TAG_member";
3731 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3732 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3733 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
3734 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3735 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
3736 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3737 case DW_TAG_string_type:
3738 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3739 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
3740 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3741 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
3742 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3743 case DW_TAG_typedef:
3744 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3745 case DW_TAG_union_type:
3746 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3747 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
3748 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3749 case DW_TAG_variant:
3750 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3751 case DW_TAG_common_block:
3752 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3753 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
3754 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3755 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
3756 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3757 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
3758 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3760 return "DW_TAG_module";
3761 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3762 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3763 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3764 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3765 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3766 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3767 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3768 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3769 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3770 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3771 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3772 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3773 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3774 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3775 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3776 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3777 case DW_TAG_constant:
3778 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3779 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3780 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3781 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3782 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3784 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3785 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3786 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3787 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3788 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3789 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3790 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3791 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3792 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3793 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3794 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3795 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3796 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3797 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3798 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3799 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3800 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3801 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3802 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3803 case DW_TAG_variable:
3804 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3805 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3806 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3807 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
3808 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
3809 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
3810 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
3811 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
3812 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
3813 case DW_TAG_namespace:
3814 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
3815 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
3816 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
3817 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
3818 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
3819 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
3820 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
3821 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
3822 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
3823 case DW_TAG_condition:
3824 return "DW_TAG_condition";
3825 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
3826 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
3827 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
3828 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
3829 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
3830 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
3831 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
3832 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
3833 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
3834 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
3835 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
3836 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
3837 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3838 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3839 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3840 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3841 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3842 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3843 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3844 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3845 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
3846 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3847 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
3848 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3849 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
3850 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
3851 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site:
3852 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site";
3853 case DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter:
3854 return "DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter";
3856 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3860 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3863 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
3868 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3869 case DW_AT_location:
3870 return "DW_AT_location";
3872 return "DW_AT_name";
3873 case DW_AT_ordering:
3874 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3875 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3876 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3877 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3878 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3879 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3880 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3881 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3882 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3883 case DW_AT_element_list:
3884 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3885 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3886 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3888 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3890 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3891 case DW_AT_language:
3892 return "DW_AT_language";
3894 return "DW_AT_member";
3896 return "DW_AT_discr";
3897 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3898 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3899 case DW_AT_visibility:
3900 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3902 return "DW_AT_import";
3903 case DW_AT_string_length:
3904 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3905 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3906 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3907 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3908 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3909 case DW_AT_const_value:
3910 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3911 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3912 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3913 case DW_AT_default_value:
3914 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3916 return "DW_AT_inline";
3917 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3918 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3919 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3920 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3921 case DW_AT_producer:
3922 return "DW_AT_producer";
3923 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3924 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3925 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3926 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3927 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3928 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3929 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
3930 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
3931 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3932 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3933 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3934 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3935 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3936 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3937 case DW_AT_address_class:
3938 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3939 case DW_AT_artificial:
3940 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3941 case DW_AT_base_types:
3942 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3943 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3944 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3946 return "DW_AT_count";
3947 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3948 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3949 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3950 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3951 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3952 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3953 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3954 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3955 case DW_AT_declaration:
3956 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3957 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3958 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3959 case DW_AT_encoding:
3960 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3961 case DW_AT_external:
3962 return "DW_AT_external";
3963 case DW_AT_explicit:
3964 return "DW_AT_explicit";
3965 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3966 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3968 return "DW_AT_friend";
3969 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
3970 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
3971 case DW_AT_macro_info:
3972 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
3973 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
3974 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
3975 case DW_AT_priority:
3976 return "DW_AT_priority";
3978 return "DW_AT_segment";
3979 case DW_AT_specification:
3980 return "DW_AT_specification";
3981 case DW_AT_static_link:
3982 return "DW_AT_static_link";
3984 return "DW_AT_type";
3985 case DW_AT_use_location:
3986 return "DW_AT_use_location";
3987 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
3988 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
3989 case DW_AT_virtuality:
3990 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
3991 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
3992 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
3994 case DW_AT_allocated:
3995 return "DW_AT_allocated";
3996 case DW_AT_associated:
3997 return "DW_AT_associated";
3998 case DW_AT_data_location:
3999 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4000 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
4001 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
4002 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4003 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4004 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4005 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4006 case DW_AT_extension:
4007 return "DW_AT_extension";
4009 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4010 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4011 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4012 case DW_AT_call_column:
4013 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4014 case DW_AT_call_file:
4015 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4016 case DW_AT_call_line:
4017 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4018 case DW_AT_object_pointer:
4019 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
4021 case DW_AT_signature:
4022 return "DW_AT_signature";
4023 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
4024 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
4025 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
4026 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
4027 case DW_AT_const_expr:
4028 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
4029 case DW_AT_enum_class:
4030 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
4031 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
4032 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
4034 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4035 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4036 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4037 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4038 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4039 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4040 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4041 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4042 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4043 case DW_AT_HP_prologue:
4044 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
4046 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4047 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4049 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4050 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4051 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4052 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4053 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
4054 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue:
4055 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
4057 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4058 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4060 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4061 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4062 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4063 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4064 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4065 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4067 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4068 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4069 case DW_AT_src_info:
4070 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4071 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4072 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4073 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4074 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4075 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4076 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4077 case DW_AT_body_end:
4078 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4080 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4081 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4082 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
4083 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
4084 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
4085 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
4086 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
4087 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
4088 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
4089 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
4090 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
4091 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
4092 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
4093 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
4094 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
4095 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
4096 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
4097 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
4098 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
4099 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
4100 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value:
4101 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value";
4102 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value:
4103 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value";
4104 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target:
4105 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target";
4106 case DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered:
4107 return "DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered";
4108 case DW_AT_GNU_tail_call:
4109 return "DW_AT_GNU_tail_call";
4110 case DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites:
4111 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites";
4112 case DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites:
4113 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites";
4114 case DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites:
4115 return "DW_AT_GNU_all_source_call_sites";
4116 case DW_AT_GNU_macros:
4117 return "DW_AT_GNU_macros";
4119 case DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type:
4120 return "DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type";
4122 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4123 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4126 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4130 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4133 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4138 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4139 case DW_FORM_block2:
4140 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4141 case DW_FORM_block4:
4142 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4144 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4146 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4148 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4149 case DW_FORM_string:
4150 return "DW_FORM_string";
4152 return "DW_FORM_block";
4153 case DW_FORM_block1:
4154 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4156 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4158 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4160 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4162 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4164 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4165 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4166 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4168 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4170 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4172 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4174 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4175 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4176 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4177 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4178 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4179 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
4180 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
4181 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
4182 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
4183 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
4184 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
4185 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
4186 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
4188 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4192 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4193 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4194 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4195 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4199 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
4201 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4204 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4205 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4206 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4207 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4210 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4211 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4212 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4214 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4217 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4218 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4222 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4224 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4226 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4227 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4229 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4230 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4232 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4233 context = NULL_TREE;
4238 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4241 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4243 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4247 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4248 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
4249 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
4252 static inline enum dw_val_class
4253 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4255 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4258 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4261 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4265 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4266 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4267 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4268 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4271 static inline unsigned
4272 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4274 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4275 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4278 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4281 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4285 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4286 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4287 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4288 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4291 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4292 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4294 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4295 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4298 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4301 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4302 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4306 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4307 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4308 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4309 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4312 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4313 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4315 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4316 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4319 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4322 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4323 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
4327 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4328 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
4329 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
4330 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
4331 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4334 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4337 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4338 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4342 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4343 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4344 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4345 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4346 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4347 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4350 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
4353 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4354 unsigned char data8[8])
4358 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4359 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
4360 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
4361 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4364 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4367 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4369 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4373 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4375 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4376 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4379 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
4381 static struct indirect_string_node *
4382 find_AT_string (const char *str)
4384 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4387 if (! debug_str_hash)
4388 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4389 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4391 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4392 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4395 node = ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
4396 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4400 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4406 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4409 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4412 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4414 node = find_AT_string (str);
4416 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4417 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4418 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4419 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4422 static inline const char *
4423 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4425 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4426 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4429 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4430 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4432 static enum dwarf_form
4433 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4435 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4439 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4441 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4445 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4447 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4448 always better to put it inline. */
4449 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4450 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4452 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4453 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4455 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
4456 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4457 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
4458 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4460 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4461 ++dw2_string_counter;
4462 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4464 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4467 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4470 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4474 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4475 gcc_assert (targ_die != NULL);
4477 /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create
4478 a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */
4479 if (targ_die == NULL)
4483 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4484 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4485 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4486 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4487 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4490 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4491 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4494 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4496 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4497 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4498 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4501 static inline dw_die_ref
4502 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4504 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4505 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4509 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4511 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4512 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4518 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4520 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4521 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4524 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4527 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4531 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4532 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4533 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4534 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4537 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4540 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4544 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4545 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4546 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4547 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4550 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4551 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4553 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
4554 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4558 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4562 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4563 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4564 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4565 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4566 have_location_lists = true;
4569 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4570 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4572 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4573 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4576 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
4577 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
4579 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4580 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4583 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4586 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4590 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4591 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4592 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4593 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4596 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
4599 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4601 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
4602 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4605 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
4608 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4609 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
4613 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4614 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
4615 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
4616 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4619 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
4621 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
4622 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
4624 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
4625 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
4628 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
4631 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4632 const char *lbl1, const char *lbl2)
4636 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4637 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vms_delta;
4638 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1 = xstrdup (lbl1);
4639 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2 = xstrdup (lbl2);
4640 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4643 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4646 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
4650 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4651 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4652 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4653 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4656 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
4657 debug_line section. */
4660 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4665 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4666 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
4667 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4668 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4671 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
4672 debug_macinfo section. */
4675 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4680 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4681 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
4682 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4683 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4686 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4689 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4690 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4694 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4695 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4696 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4697 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4700 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4703 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4704 long unsigned int offset)
4708 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4709 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4710 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4711 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4714 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
4716 static inline const char *
4717 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a)
4719 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
4720 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1;
4723 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
4725 static inline const char *
4726 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a)
4728 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta));
4729 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2;
4732 static inline const char *
4733 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
4735 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4736 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
4737 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
4738 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4741 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4744 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4748 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4753 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
4754 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4756 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4757 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4761 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4766 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4767 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4768 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4770 static inline const char *
4771 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4773 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4775 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4778 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4779 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4780 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4782 static inline const char *
4783 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4785 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4787 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4790 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4791 NULL if it is not present. */
4793 static inline const char *
4794 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4796 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4798 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4801 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4802 if it is not present. */
4805 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4807 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4809 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4812 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4813 if it is not present. */
4815 static inline unsigned
4816 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4818 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4820 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4823 static inline dw_die_ref
4824 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4826 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4828 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4831 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
4832 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4834 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4836 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
4839 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4844 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4846 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
4849 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4854 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4856 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
4857 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
4858 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
4861 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4866 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language);
4868 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
4871 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4874 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4882 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
4883 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4885 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4886 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
4887 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
4889 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
4891 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
4896 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
4897 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
4900 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
4902 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
4903 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
4906 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
4910 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
4911 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
4912 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
4915 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
4916 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
4919 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
4921 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
4923 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
4924 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
4926 new_child->die_parent = parent;
4927 if (prev == old_child)
4929 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
4930 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
4934 prev->die_sib = new_child;
4935 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
4937 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
4938 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
4941 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
4944 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
4947 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
4948 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
4949 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
4952 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
4956 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
4962 dw_die_ref prev = c;
4964 while (c->die_tag == tag)
4966 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
4967 /* Might have removed every child. */
4968 if (c == c->die_sib)
4972 } while (c != die->die_child);
4975 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
4978 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
4980 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
4981 if (! die || ! child_die)
4983 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
4985 child_die->die_parent = die;
4988 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
4989 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
4992 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
4993 die->die_child = child_die;
4996 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4997 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
4998 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5001 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5005 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5006 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5007 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5009 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5015 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5016 || (child->die_parent
5017 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5019 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
5020 if (p->die_sib == child)
5022 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
5026 add_child_die (parent, child);
5029 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5031 static inline dw_die_ref
5032 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5034 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
5036 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5038 if (parent_die != NULL)
5039 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5042 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5044 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
5045 limbo_node->die = die;
5046 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5047 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5048 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5054 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5056 static inline dw_die_ref
5057 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5059 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5062 /* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an
5063 anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the
5064 anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */
5066 static inline dw_die_ref
5067 strip_naming_typedef (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5070 && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
5072 && type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef
5073 && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
5074 type_die = get_AT_ref (type_die, DW_AT_type);
5078 /* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a
5079 typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of
5080 the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did
5081 equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of
5082 the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous
5083 struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef.
5085 [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what
5086 a naming typedef is. */
5088 static inline dw_die_ref
5089 lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type)
5091 dw_die_ref die = lookup_type_die (type);
5092 return strip_naming_typedef (type, die);
5095 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5098 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5100 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5103 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5106 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5108 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5111 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5114 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5116 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5119 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5121 static inline dw_die_ref
5122 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5124 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5127 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5130 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5132 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5135 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5139 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5141 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5144 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5146 static inline var_loc_list *
5147 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
5149 if (!decl_loc_table)
5151 return (var_loc_list *)
5152 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5155 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */
5158 cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash (const void *x)
5160 return (hashval_t) ((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5163 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as
5167 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5169 return (((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id
5170 == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5173 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5176 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5178 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5181 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5183 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5186 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
5189 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
5191 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
5194 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
5195 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
5196 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
5199 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
5202 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
5204 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
5205 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
5207 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
5210 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
5211 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
5214 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
5216 if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
5217 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
5219 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
5224 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
5225 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
5228 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
5229 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
5233 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
5235 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
5240 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
5241 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
5242 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
5243 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
5244 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
5245 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
5246 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
5247 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
5248 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
5251 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
5252 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
5253 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
5256 bool copy = inner != NULL;
5260 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
5261 while (src != inner)
5263 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
5264 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
5265 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5266 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
5269 /* Add padding if needed. */
5270 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
5272 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
5273 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5274 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5276 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
5279 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
5280 just update the location for it and return. */
5281 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
5284 /* Add the piece that changed. */
5285 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5286 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5287 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
5288 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
5291 while (diff > 0 && *src)
5294 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
5296 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
5299 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
5300 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
5303 /* Add padding if needed. */
5304 if (diff < 0 && *src)
5308 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
5309 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5313 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
5316 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
5317 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
5318 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
5319 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
5323 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5325 static struct var_loc_node *
5326 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
5328 unsigned int decl_id;
5331 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
5332 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
5334 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl))
5336 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
5337 if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl))
5339 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
5342 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
5343 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
5344 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
5345 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
5347 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
5348 || bitsize != maxsize)
5354 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5355 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5358 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
5359 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5363 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
5365 /* For PARM_DECLs try to keep around the original incoming value,
5366 even if that means we'll emit a zero-range .debug_loc entry. */
5368 && temp->first == temp->last
5369 && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
5370 && GET_CODE (temp->first->loc) == NOTE
5371 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (temp->first->loc) == decl
5372 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
5373 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc)
5374 && GET_CODE (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc))
5375 == GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
5376 && prev_real_insn (temp->first->loc) == NULL_RTX
5378 || !rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->first->loc),
5379 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note))
5380 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->first->loc)
5381 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))))
5383 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
5384 temp->first->next = loc;
5386 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5388 else if (temp->last)
5390 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
5391 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
5392 int piece_bitpos = 0;
5396 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
5398 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
5400 piece_loc = &last->loc;
5403 int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
5404 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
5406 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
5407 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
5411 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
5412 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
5414 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
5416 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
5417 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
5418 if (piece_loc != NULL)
5420 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
5421 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
5424 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
5425 if (temp->last != last)
5427 temp->last->next = NULL;
5430 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
5434 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last
5435 || (temp->first->next == temp->last
5436 && TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL));
5437 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
5438 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5442 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
5443 last_loc_note = last->loc;
5444 else if (piece_loc != NULL
5445 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
5446 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
5447 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
5448 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
5450 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
5451 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5452 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
5453 we have nothing to do. */
5454 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
5455 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
5456 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
5457 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
5458 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
5459 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
5460 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
5461 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
5462 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
5464 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
5465 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
5466 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
5470 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
5473 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
5474 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
5475 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5477 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
5478 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
5480 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
5481 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
5482 if (last != temp->last)
5490 loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
5493 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
5498 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5499 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5500 the DIE internal representation. */
5501 static int print_indent;
5503 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5506 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5508 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5511 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
5514 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
5518 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
5519 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
5522 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5523 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5526 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5532 print_spaces (outfile);
5533 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n",
5534 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag),
5536 print_spaces (outfile);
5537 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5538 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld", die->die_offset);
5539 fprintf (outfile, " mark: %d\n", die->die_mark);
5541 if (use_debug_types && die->die_id.die_type_node)
5543 print_spaces (outfile);
5544 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
5545 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
5546 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5549 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
5551 print_spaces (outfile);
5552 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5554 switch (AT_class (a))
5556 case dw_val_class_addr:
5557 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5559 case dw_val_class_offset:
5560 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5562 case dw_val_class_loc:
5563 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5565 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5566 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5567 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5569 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5570 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5572 case dw_val_class_const:
5573 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5575 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5576 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5578 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5579 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
5580 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
5581 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
5582 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
5584 case dw_val_class_vec:
5585 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5587 case dw_val_class_flag:
5588 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5590 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5591 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5593 if (use_debug_types && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
5595 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
5596 print_signature (outfile,
5597 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
5599 else if (! use_debug_types && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
5600 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
5601 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
5603 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5604 fprintf (outfile, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a));
5607 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5609 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
5610 fprintf (outfile, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
5611 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a));
5613 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5614 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5615 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5616 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5618 case dw_val_class_str:
5619 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5620 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5622 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5624 case dw_val_class_file:
5625 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
5626 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
5628 case dw_val_class_data8:
5632 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
5633 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
5640 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5643 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5646 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5649 if (print_indent == 0)
5650 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5653 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5656 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5658 print_die (die, stderr);
5661 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5662 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5668 print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr);
5671 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5672 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5673 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5676 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5678 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5679 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5681 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5685 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5688 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5690 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5692 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5696 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5697 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5699 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5702 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5706 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
5708 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5709 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5712 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5715 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5717 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5720 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5722 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5723 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5724 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5727 switch (AT_class (at))
5729 case dw_val_class_const:
5730 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5732 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5733 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5735 case dw_val_class_const_double:
5736 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
5738 case dw_val_class_vec:
5739 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5741 case dw_val_class_flag:
5742 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5744 case dw_val_class_str:
5745 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5748 case dw_val_class_addr:
5750 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5751 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5754 case dw_val_class_offset:
5755 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5758 case dw_val_class_loc:
5759 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5760 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5763 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5764 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5767 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5768 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
5769 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5770 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5771 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5774 case dw_val_class_file:
5775 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
5778 case dw_val_class_data8:
5779 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
5787 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5790 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5796 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5799 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5802 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5804 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5806 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
5807 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5809 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
5813 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5815 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
5816 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5817 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
5818 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
5819 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
5820 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
5821 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
5823 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
5826 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5833 byte = (value & 0x7f);
5835 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
5836 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
5845 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
5848 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5852 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
5855 /* More bytes to follow. */
5863 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
5864 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
5867 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5871 int tag = die->die_tag;
5873 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
5874 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
5875 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
5878 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
5880 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
5884 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
5885 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
5887 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
5888 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
5890 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
5893 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5896 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5898 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
5899 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
5900 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
5902 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
5903 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
5907 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
5910 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5911 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5912 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5913 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5917 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5920 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
5921 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5923 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5926 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5928 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
5930 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
5931 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
5932 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
5933 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
5934 is complete or not. */
5935 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
5936 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5937 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5938 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
5939 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
5940 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
5941 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
5943 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
5945 if (name_attr != NULL)
5947 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
5951 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
5952 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5953 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
5954 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
5955 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
5956 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
5961 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
5962 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
5963 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
5964 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
5966 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
5967 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5968 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
5972 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
5976 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5977 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
5978 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5979 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
5980 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
5981 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
5986 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
5987 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
5989 switch (AT_class (at))
5991 case dw_val_class_const:
5992 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
5993 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5996 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5997 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
5998 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
6001 case dw_val_class_const_double:
6002 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
6003 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
6004 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
6007 case dw_val_class_vec:
6008 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
6009 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
6010 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
6013 case dw_val_class_flag:
6014 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
6015 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
6018 case dw_val_class_str:
6019 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6020 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
6023 case dw_val_class_addr:
6025 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
6026 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6027 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
6030 case dw_val_class_offset:
6031 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
6032 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6035 case dw_val_class_loc:
6036 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
6037 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
6040 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6041 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6042 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6043 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6046 case dw_val_class_file:
6047 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
6048 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
6051 case dw_val_class_data8:
6052 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
6060 struct checksum_attributes
6062 dw_attr_ref at_name;
6063 dw_attr_ref at_type;
6064 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
6065 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
6066 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
6067 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
6068 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
6069 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
6070 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
6071 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
6072 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
6073 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
6074 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
6075 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
6076 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
6077 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
6078 dw_attr_ref at_count;
6079 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
6080 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
6081 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
6082 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
6083 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
6084 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
6085 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
6086 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
6087 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
6088 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
6089 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
6090 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
6091 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
6092 dw_attr_ref at_location;
6093 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
6094 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
6095 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
6096 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
6097 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
6098 dw_attr_ref at_small;
6099 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
6100 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
6101 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
6102 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
6103 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
6104 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
6105 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
6106 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
6107 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
6108 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
6111 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
6114 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
6119 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
6130 attrs->at_friend = a;
6132 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6133 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
6135 case DW_AT_address_class:
6136 attrs->at_address_class = a;
6138 case DW_AT_allocated:
6139 attrs->at_allocated = a;
6141 case DW_AT_artificial:
6142 attrs->at_artificial = a;
6144 case DW_AT_associated:
6145 attrs->at_associated = a;
6147 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
6148 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
6150 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6151 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
6153 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6154 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
6156 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6157 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
6159 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6160 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
6162 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6163 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
6165 case DW_AT_const_value:
6166 attrs->at_const_value = a;
6168 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6169 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
6172 attrs->at_count = a;
6174 case DW_AT_data_location:
6175 attrs->at_data_location = a;
6177 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6178 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
6180 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
6181 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
6183 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
6184 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
6186 case DW_AT_default_value:
6187 attrs->at_default_value = a;
6189 case DW_AT_digit_count:
6190 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
6193 attrs->at_discr = a;
6195 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6196 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
6198 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6199 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
6201 case DW_AT_encoding:
6202 attrs->at_encoding = a;
6204 case DW_AT_endianity:
6205 attrs->at_endianity = a;
6207 case DW_AT_explicit:
6208 attrs->at_explicit = a;
6210 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6211 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
6213 case DW_AT_location:
6214 attrs->at_location = a;
6216 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6217 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
6220 attrs->at_mutable = a;
6222 case DW_AT_ordering:
6223 attrs->at_ordering = a;
6225 case DW_AT_picture_string:
6226 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
6228 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6229 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
6232 attrs->at_small = a;
6235 attrs->at_segment = a;
6237 case DW_AT_string_length:
6238 attrs->at_string_length = a;
6240 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
6241 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
6243 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6244 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
6246 case DW_AT_use_location:
6247 attrs->at_use_location = a;
6249 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6250 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
6252 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6253 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
6255 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6256 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
6258 case DW_AT_visibility:
6259 attrs->at_visibility = a;
6261 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6262 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
6270 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
6273 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
6277 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
6279 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
6280 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
6282 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
6284 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
6286 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
6287 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
6289 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
6290 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
6291 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
6292 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
6293 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
6294 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
6295 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
6296 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
6297 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
6298 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
6299 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
6300 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
6301 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
6302 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
6303 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
6304 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
6305 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
6306 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
6307 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
6308 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
6309 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
6310 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
6311 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
6312 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
6313 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
6314 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
6315 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
6316 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
6317 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
6318 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
6319 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
6320 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
6321 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
6322 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
6323 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
6324 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
6325 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
6326 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
6327 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
6328 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
6329 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
6330 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
6331 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
6332 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
6333 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
6334 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
6335 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
6337 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
6340 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
6343 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
6344 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6345 && name_attr != NULL)
6347 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
6348 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
6349 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
6353 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
6354 if (c->die_mark == 0)
6356 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
6358 } while (c != die->die_child);
6360 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
6364 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6365 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
6366 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
6367 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
6369 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
6370 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
6371 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
6372 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
6373 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
6374 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
6375 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
6378 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
6382 unsigned char checksum[16];
6386 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
6387 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
6389 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
6390 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
6391 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
6393 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
6395 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6397 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
6398 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
6399 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
6401 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
6402 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
6403 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6405 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
6408 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
6410 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6412 die->die_mark = mark;
6414 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
6415 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
6416 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
6418 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
6419 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
6420 unmark_all_dies (die);
6421 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6423 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
6424 type node together. */
6425 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
6426 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
6427 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
6428 type_node->type_die = die;
6430 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
6433 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
6436 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6438 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6440 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6441 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6442 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6445 /* Do the values look the same? */
6447 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6449 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6452 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6455 switch (v1->val_class)
6457 case dw_val_class_const:
6458 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6459 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6460 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6461 case dw_val_class_const_double:
6462 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
6463 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
6464 case dw_val_class_vec:
6465 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6466 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6468 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6469 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6472 case dw_val_class_flag:
6473 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6474 case dw_val_class_str:
6475 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6477 case dw_val_class_addr:
6478 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6479 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6480 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6482 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
6484 case dw_val_class_offset:
6485 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6487 case dw_val_class_loc:
6488 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6490 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6491 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6493 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6495 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6496 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6498 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6499 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
6500 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6501 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6502 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6505 case dw_val_class_file:
6506 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6508 case dw_val_class_data8:
6509 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
6516 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6519 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6521 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6524 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6525 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6526 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6529 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6532 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6535 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6541 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6543 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6544 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6546 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6549 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6550 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6553 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1)
6554 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6557 c1 = die1->die_child;
6558 c2 = die2->die_child;
6567 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6571 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6573 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6583 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6586 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6589 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6591 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6592 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6597 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6599 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6601 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6602 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6604 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6605 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6608 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6610 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6611 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6612 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
6615 unsigned char checksum[16];
6618 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6619 the name filename of the unit. */
6621 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6623 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6624 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6625 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6627 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6628 clean_symbol_name (name);
6630 p = name + strlen (name);
6631 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6633 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6637 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6638 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6641 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6644 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6646 switch (die->die_tag)
6648 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6649 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6650 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6651 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6652 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6653 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6654 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6655 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6656 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6657 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6658 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6659 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6660 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6661 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6662 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6663 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6664 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6665 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6666 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6667 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6674 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6675 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6676 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6677 compilations (functions). */
6680 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6682 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6683 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6684 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6685 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6687 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6690 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6691 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6692 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
6693 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6694 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6696 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6698 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6701 return is_type_die (c);
6704 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6705 compilation unit. */
6708 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6710 return (is_type_die (c)
6711 || is_declaration_die (c)
6712 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
6713 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
6716 /* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */
6719 is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c)
6721 return c && c->die_tag == DW_TAG_compile_unit;
6725 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6729 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6730 return xstrdup (buf);
6733 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6736 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6740 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6742 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6744 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6746 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6747 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6748 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6751 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6754 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6757 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6760 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6761 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6764 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6766 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6768 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
6769 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
6771 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
6775 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6777 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
6778 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
6779 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
6781 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
6785 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6787 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
6788 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
6798 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6801 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6803 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6804 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6806 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6808 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6809 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
6813 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6815 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6821 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6825 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6827 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6828 entry->next = *slot;
6834 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6836 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6838 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6840 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6841 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
6845 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6848 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6849 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6850 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6853 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6856 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6857 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6858 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6862 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6864 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6865 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6867 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6869 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6870 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6872 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6873 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6874 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6875 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6877 add_child_die (unit, c);
6879 if (c == die->die_child)
6882 } while (c != die->die_child);
6885 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6886 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6890 assign_symbol_names (die);
6891 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6892 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6898 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6899 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6900 &comdat_symbol_number);
6901 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6903 *pnode = node->next;
6906 pnode = &node->next;
6907 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6908 comdat_symbol_number);
6911 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6914 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
6917 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
6922 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
6923 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
6929 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
6932 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die)
6934 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
6938 return local_scope_p (decl);
6941 /* Return non-zero if this DIE contains a defining declaration of a
6945 contains_subprogram_definition (dw_die_ref die)
6949 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram && ! is_declaration_die (die))
6951 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, if (contains_subprogram_definition(c)) return 1);
6955 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
6956 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
6959 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
6961 switch (die->die_tag)
6963 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6964 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6965 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6966 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6967 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
6969 if (is_declaration_die (die)
6970 || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin)
6971 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die))
6973 /* A type definition should never contain a subprogram definition. */
6974 gcc_assert (!contains_subprogram_definition (die));
6976 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6977 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6978 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6979 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6980 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6981 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6982 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6983 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6984 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6985 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6986 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6987 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6988 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6989 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6990 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6991 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6997 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
7000 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
7006 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
7007 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
7009 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7010 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
7015 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
7018 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
7021 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
7023 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
7028 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
7031 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
7038 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
7039 if (is_declaration_die (die))
7040 return clone_die (die);
7042 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
7043 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
7045 return clone_die (decl);
7047 clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
7048 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
7050 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7052 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
7053 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
7054 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
7058 case DW_AT_artificial:
7059 case DW_AT_containing_type:
7060 case DW_AT_external:
7063 case DW_AT_virtuality:
7064 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
7065 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
7066 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
7068 case DW_AT_byte_size:
7074 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
7075 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
7077 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
7081 /* Copy the declaration context to the new type unit DIE. This includes
7082 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
7083 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
7084 attached to the specification, and returns a pointer to the original
7085 parent of the declaration DIE. Returns NULL otherwise. */
7088 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
7091 dw_die_ref new_decl;
7092 dw_die_ref orig_parent = NULL;
7094 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
7103 /* The original DIE will be changed to a declaration, and must
7104 be moved to be a child of the original declaration DIE. */
7105 orig_parent = decl->die_parent;
7107 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
7108 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
7109 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
7111 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
7113 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a)
7115 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
7116 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
7117 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
7118 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
7121 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
7124 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
7125 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
7126 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
7128 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
7129 if (new_decl != NULL)
7131 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
7132 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
7139 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
7140 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
7143 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
7145 if (node->new_die != NULL)
7148 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
7150 if (node->parent != NULL)
7152 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
7153 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
7157 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
7158 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
7159 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
7162 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
7164 skeleton_chain_node node;
7167 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
7168 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
7170 node.parent = parent;
7172 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
7176 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
7179 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
7181 node.new_die = NULL;
7182 if (is_declaration_die (c))
7184 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
7185 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
7186 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
7187 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
7188 move_all_children (c, clone);
7190 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
7191 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
7192 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
7196 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
7197 } while (next != NULL);
7200 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
7203 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
7205 skeleton_chain_node node;
7208 node.new_die = NULL;
7211 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
7212 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
7213 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
7214 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
7216 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
7217 return node.new_die;
7220 /* Remove the CHILD DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
7221 declaration. The original DIE is moved to a new compile unit so that
7222 existing references to it follow it to the new location. If any of the
7223 original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to replace the
7224 original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the declarations back into the
7228 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref child,
7231 dw_die_ref skeleton, orig_parent;
7233 /* Copy the declaration context to the type unit DIE. If the returned
7234 ORIG_PARENT is not NULL, the skeleton needs to be added as a child of
7236 orig_parent = copy_declaration_context (unit, child);
7238 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
7239 if (skeleton == NULL)
7240 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
7243 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
7245 /* If the original DIE was a specification, we need to put
7246 the skeleton under the parent DIE of the declaration.
7247 This leaves the original declaration in the tree, but
7248 it will be pruned later since there are no longer any
7249 references to it. */
7250 if (orig_parent != NULL)
7252 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
7253 add_child_die (orig_parent, skeleton);
7256 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
7262 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
7263 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
7266 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
7270 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
7271 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
7272 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
7274 first = c = die->die_child;
7278 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
7281 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
7282 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
7284 dw_die_ref replacement;
7285 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
7287 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
7288 add it to the list of comdat types. */
7289 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
7290 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
7291 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language));
7292 type_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
7293 type_node->root_die = unit;
7294 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
7295 comdat_type_list = type_node;
7297 /* Generate the type signature. */
7298 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
7300 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
7301 declaration into the new type unit DIE, then remove this DIE
7302 from the main CU (or replace it with a skeleton if necessary). */
7303 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (unit, c, prev);
7305 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
7306 break_out_comdat_types (c);
7308 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
7309 add_child_die (unit, c);
7311 if (replacement != NULL)
7314 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
7315 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
7316 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
7317 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
7319 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
7320 break_out_comdat_types (c);
7322 } while (next != NULL);
7325 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
7327 struct decl_table_entry
7333 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
7336 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
7338 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
7339 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
7341 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
7345 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
7347 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
7348 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
7349 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
7351 return entry1->orig == entry2;
7355 htab_decl_del (void *what)
7357 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
7362 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
7363 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
7364 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
7365 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
7368 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
7370 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
7371 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
7374 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
7378 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
7379 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
7380 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
7381 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
7383 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
7387 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
7388 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
7396 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
7399 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
7400 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
7401 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
7404 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
7405 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
7407 if (decl_table != NULL)
7409 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
7416 /* Like clone_tree, but additionally enter all the children into
7417 the hash table decl_table. */
7420 clone_tree_hash (dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
7423 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
7424 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
7425 void **slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
7426 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
7427 /* Assert that DIE isn't in the hash table yet. If it would be there
7428 before, the ancestors would be necessarily there as well, therefore
7429 clone_tree_hash wouldn't be called. */
7430 gcc_assert (*slot == HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY);
7431 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
7433 entry->copy = clone;
7436 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c,
7437 add_child_die (clone, clone_tree_hash (c, decl_table)));
7442 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
7443 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
7447 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
7453 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7455 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7457 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
7458 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
7460 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
7462 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
7465 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
7466 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
7468 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
7470 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
7471 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
7472 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
7473 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
7477 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
7478 dw_die_ref copy = clone_die (targ);
7480 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
7481 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
7482 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
7483 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
7484 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
7489 FOR_EACH_CHILD (targ, c,
7490 add_child_die (copy,
7491 clone_tree_hash (c, decl_table)));
7493 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
7497 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
7498 into the new type unit. */
7499 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
7500 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
7501 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
7502 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
7505 add_child_die (parent, copy);
7506 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
7508 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
7509 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
7510 get visited otherwise. */
7513 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
7514 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
7515 parent->die_mark = 1;
7516 while (parent->die_parent
7517 && parent->die_parent->die_mark == 0)
7519 parent = parent->die_parent;
7520 parent->die_mark = 1;
7522 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
7528 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
7531 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
7532 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
7533 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
7534 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
7535 don't have an external reference. */
7538 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
7543 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
7544 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
7545 htab_delete (decl_table);
7549 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
7550 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
7551 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
7554 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
7558 if (! die->die_child)
7561 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
7562 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
7564 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
7567 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
7570 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
7576 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7577 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
7578 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
7580 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
7583 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
7584 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
7585 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
7586 die are visited recursively. */
7589 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
7591 unsigned long abbrev_id;
7592 unsigned int n_alloc;
7597 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
7598 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
7599 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7600 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
7601 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
7603 gcc_assert (use_debug_types || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7604 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
7607 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
7609 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
7610 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
7614 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
7616 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
7619 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
7620 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
7623 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a)
7625 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
7626 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
7627 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
7637 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
7639 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
7641 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7642 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
7645 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
7646 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7647 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
7650 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
7651 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
7654 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
7655 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
7658 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
7661 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
7668 log = floor_log2 (value);
7671 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
7676 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
7677 .debug_info section. */
7679 static unsigned long
7680 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
7682 unsigned long size = 0;
7686 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
7687 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7689 switch (AT_class (a))
7691 case dw_val_class_addr:
7692 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7694 case dw_val_class_offset:
7695 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7697 case dw_val_class_loc:
7699 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7702 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
7703 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
7705 size += constant_size (lsize);
7709 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7710 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7712 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7713 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7715 case dw_val_class_const:
7716 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
7718 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7720 int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
7721 if (dwarf_version == 3
7722 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location
7724 size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a));
7729 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7730 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
7731 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
7734 case dw_val_class_vec:
7735 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
7736 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
7737 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
7738 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
7740 case dw_val_class_flag:
7741 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
7742 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
7743 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
7744 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
7745 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
7746 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
7747 the same abbrev entry. */
7748 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
7752 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7753 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7755 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_ref_sig8; for earlier versions
7756 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
7757 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
7758 it's always sized as an offset. */
7759 if (use_debug_types)
7760 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
7761 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
7762 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7764 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7767 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7769 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7770 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7772 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7773 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7775 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7776 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7777 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7779 case dw_val_class_str:
7780 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7781 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7783 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
7785 case dw_val_class_file:
7786 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
7788 case dw_val_class_data8:
7791 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
7792 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7802 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
7803 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
7804 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
7805 die_offset field in each DIE. */
7808 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
7812 gcc_assert (die->die_offset == 0
7813 || (unsigned long int) die->die_offset == next_die_offset);
7814 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
7815 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
7817 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
7819 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7820 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
7821 next_die_offset += 1;
7824 /* Size just the base type children at the start of the CU.
7825 This is needed because build_abbrev needs to size locs
7826 and sizing of type based stack ops needs to know die_offset
7827 values for the base types. */
7830 calc_base_type_die_sizes (void)
7832 unsigned long die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7834 dw_die_ref base_type;
7835 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
7836 dw_die_ref prev = comp_unit_die ()->die_child;
7839 die_offset += size_of_die (comp_unit_die ());
7840 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
7842 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
7843 gcc_assert (base_type->die_offset == 0
7844 && prev->die_sib == base_type
7845 && base_type->die_child == NULL
7846 && base_type->die_abbrev);
7849 base_type->die_offset = die_offset;
7850 die_offset += size_of_die (base_type);
7854 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
7855 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
7856 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
7857 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
7860 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
7864 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
7867 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
7870 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
7873 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
7877 if (! use_debug_types)
7878 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7881 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
7884 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
7887 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
7897 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
7899 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
7900 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7901 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
7904 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
7905 generated for the compilation unit. */
7907 static unsigned long
7908 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
7914 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
7915 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, p)
7916 if (names != pubtype_table
7917 || p->die->die_offset != 0
7918 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
7919 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
7921 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
7925 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
7927 static unsigned long
7928 size_of_aranges (void)
7932 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
7934 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
7935 if (text_section_used)
7936 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7937 if (cold_text_section_used)
7938 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7939 if (have_multiple_function_sections)
7944 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
7946 if (!fde->in_std_section)
7947 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7948 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
7949 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7953 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
7954 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7958 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
7960 static enum dwarf_form
7961 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
7963 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
7965 case dw_val_class_addr:
7966 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
7971 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
7972 case DW_AT_trampoline:
7973 return DW_FORM_addr;
7977 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7980 return DW_FORM_data1;
7982 return DW_FORM_data2;
7984 return DW_FORM_data4;
7986 return DW_FORM_data8;
7990 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7991 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7992 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
7993 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
7995 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
7996 case dw_val_class_offset:
7997 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
8000 return DW_FORM_data4;
8002 return DW_FORM_data8;
8006 case dw_val_class_loc:
8007 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8008 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
8009 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
8012 return DW_FORM_block1;
8014 return DW_FORM_block2;
8018 case dw_val_class_const:
8019 return DW_FORM_sdata;
8020 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8021 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
8024 return DW_FORM_data1;
8026 return DW_FORM_data2;
8028 /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with
8029 DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not
8030 constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need
8031 a large constant. */
8032 if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location)
8033 return DW_FORM_udata;
8034 return DW_FORM_data4;
8036 if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location)
8037 return DW_FORM_udata;
8038 return DW_FORM_data8;
8042 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8043 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8046 return DW_FORM_data2;
8048 return DW_FORM_data4;
8050 return DW_FORM_data8;
8053 return DW_FORM_block1;
8055 case dw_val_class_vec:
8056 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
8057 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
8060 return DW_FORM_block1;
8062 return DW_FORM_block2;
8064 return DW_FORM_block4;
8068 case dw_val_class_flag:
8069 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8071 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8072 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8073 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8074 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8075 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8076 the same abbrev entry. */
8077 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
8078 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
8080 return DW_FORM_flag;
8081 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8082 if (AT_ref_external (a))
8083 return use_debug_types ? DW_FORM_ref_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
8086 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8087 return DW_FORM_data;
8088 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8089 return DW_FORM_addr;
8090 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8091 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8092 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
8093 case dw_val_class_str:
8094 return AT_string_form (a);
8095 case dw_val_class_file:
8096 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
8099 return DW_FORM_data1;
8101 return DW_FORM_data2;
8103 return DW_FORM_data4;
8108 case dw_val_class_data8:
8109 return DW_FORM_data8;
8116 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
8119 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
8121 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
8123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
8126 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
8130 output_abbrev_section (void)
8132 unsigned long abbrev_id;
8134 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
8136 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
8140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
8141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
8142 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
8144 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
8145 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
8147 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
8149 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
8152 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
8153 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
8154 output_value_format (a_attr);
8157 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8158 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8161 /* Terminate the table. */
8162 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
8165 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
8168 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
8170 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
8175 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
8176 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
8177 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
8179 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
8181 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
8184 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
8187 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
8188 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
8189 const char *section)
8191 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
8193 retlist->begin = begin;
8195 retlist->expr = expr;
8196 retlist->section = section;
8201 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
8202 hasn't got one yet. */
8205 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
8207 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
8208 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
8211 /* Output the location list given to us. */
8214 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
8216 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
8218 if (list_head->emitted)
8220 list_head->emitted = true;
8222 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
8224 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
8225 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
8228 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
8229 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0 && !curr->force)
8231 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
8232 /* If the expression is too large, drop it on the floor. We could
8233 perhaps put it into DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure and refer to that
8234 in the expression, but >= 64KB expressions for a single value
8235 in a single range are unlikely very useful. */
8238 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
8240 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
8241 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8242 list_head->ll_symbol);
8243 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
8244 "Location list end address (%s)",
8245 list_head->ll_symbol);
8249 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
8250 "Location list begin address (%s)",
8251 list_head->ll_symbol);
8252 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
8253 "Location list end address (%s)",
8254 list_head->ll_symbol);
8257 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8258 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
8259 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
8261 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr, -1);
8264 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
8265 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
8266 list_head->ll_symbol);
8267 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
8268 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
8269 list_head->ll_symbol);
8272 /* Output a type signature. */
8275 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
8279 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8280 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
8283 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
8284 the definitions of each child DIE. */
8287 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
8294 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
8295 them to point to. */
8296 if (! use_debug_types && die->die_id.die_symbol)
8297 output_die_symbol (die);
8299 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
8300 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
8301 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
8303 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
8305 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
8307 switch (AT_class (a))
8309 case dw_val_class_addr:
8310 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
8313 case dw_val_class_offset:
8314 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
8318 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8320 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
8322 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
8323 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8324 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
8325 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
8330 case dw_val_class_loc:
8331 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
8333 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
8334 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8335 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
8337 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
8339 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a), -1);
8342 case dw_val_class_const:
8343 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
8344 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
8345 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
8346 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
8349 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8351 int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
8352 if (dwarf_version == 3
8353 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location
8355 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
8357 dw2_asm_output_data (csize, AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
8361 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8363 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
8365 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
8366 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
8367 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
8368 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8371 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
8373 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
8374 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
8378 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
8379 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
8382 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8384 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
8389 case dw_val_class_vec:
8391 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
8392 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
8396 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
8397 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
8398 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
8403 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
8406 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
8407 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
8411 case dw_val_class_flag:
8412 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
8414 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
8415 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
8416 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
8417 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
8418 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
8419 the same abbrev entry. */
8420 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
8422 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
8423 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
8426 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
8429 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8431 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
8434 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
8439 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8440 if (AT_ref_external (a))
8442 if (use_debug_types)
8444 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
8445 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
8447 gcc_assert (type_node);
8448 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
8452 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
8456 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
8457 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
8459 if (dwarf_version == 2)
8460 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8462 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
8463 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
8469 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8470 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
8475 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8479 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
8480 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
8481 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
8486 case dw_val_class_vms_delta:
8487 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
8488 AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a),
8492 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8493 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
8496 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8497 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
8498 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
8501 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8502 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
8503 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
8506 case dw_val_class_str:
8507 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
8508 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
8509 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
8511 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
8513 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
8516 case dw_val_class_file:
8518 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
8520 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
8521 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
8525 case dw_val_class_data8:
8529 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
8530 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
8531 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
8540 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
8542 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
8543 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8544 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
8545 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
8548 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
8549 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
8552 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
8554 int ver = dwarf_version;
8556 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8557 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8558 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8559 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
8560 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
8561 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
8562 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
8563 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
8564 debug_abbrev_section,
8565 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
8566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
8569 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
8572 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
8574 const char *secname;
8577 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
8578 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
8581 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
8582 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
8583 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
8584 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
8585 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
8588 build_abbrev_table (die);
8590 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
8591 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
8592 calc_die_sizes (die);
8594 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
8597 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
8599 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
8601 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
8602 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
8606 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
8607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
8608 info_section_emitted = true;
8611 /* Output debugging information. */
8612 output_compilation_unit_header ();
8615 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
8620 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
8624 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
8627 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
8629 const char *secname;
8632 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8636 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
8637 mark_dies (node->root_die);
8639 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
8641 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
8642 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
8643 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
8645 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8646 secname = ".debug_types";
8647 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
8648 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
8649 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8650 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
8651 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
8652 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
8653 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8656 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
8657 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
8658 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8659 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
8661 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
8664 /* Output debugging information. */
8665 output_compilation_unit_header ();
8666 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
8667 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
8668 "Offset to Type DIE");
8669 output_die (node->root_die);
8671 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
8674 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
8677 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
8679 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl))
8681 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
8684 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
8687 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
8689 if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections)
8694 e.name = xstrdup (str);
8695 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
8700 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
8702 if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
8704 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
8706 add_pubname_string (name, die);
8710 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
8713 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
8717 if (!targetm.want_debug_pub_sections)
8721 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
8722 || is_cu_die (die->die_parent))
8723 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
8728 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
8730 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8731 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
8732 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
8733 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
8734 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
8736 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
8741 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
8743 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
8746 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
8748 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
8749 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
8753 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
8754 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
8757 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
8760 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
8763 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8764 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8765 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8766 if (names == pubname_table)
8767 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
8768 "Length of Public Names Info");
8770 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
8771 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
8772 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
8773 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
8774 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
8776 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
8777 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
8778 "Compilation Unit Length");
8780 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, pub)
8782 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
8783 if (names == pubname_table)
8784 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
8786 if (names != pubtype_table
8787 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
8788 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
8790 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
8793 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
8797 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
8800 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
8801 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
8802 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
8805 output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length)
8809 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8810 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8811 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8812 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
8813 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
8814 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
8815 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
8816 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
8818 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
8819 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
8820 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
8822 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
8823 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
8825 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
8827 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
8828 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
8829 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
8830 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
8833 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
8834 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
8835 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
8836 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
8837 confused with the terminator. */
8838 if (text_section_used)
8840 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
8841 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
8842 text_section_label, "Length");
8844 if (cold_text_section_used)
8846 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
8848 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
8849 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
8852 if (have_multiple_function_sections)
8857 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
8859 if (!fde->in_std_section)
8861 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
8863 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_end,
8864 fde->dw_fde_begin, "Length");
8866 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
8868 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
8870 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_end,
8871 fde->dw_fde_second_begin, "Length");
8876 /* Output the terminator words. */
8877 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
8878 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
8881 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
8885 add_ranges_num (int num)
8887 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
8889 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
8891 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
8892 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
8893 ranges_table_allocated);
8894 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
8895 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
8898 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
8899 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
8901 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
8904 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
8905 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
8908 add_ranges (const_tree block)
8910 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
8913 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
8917 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
8920 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
8921 unsigned int offset;
8923 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
8925 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
8926 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
8928 ranges_by_label_allocated);
8929 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
8930 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
8931 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
8934 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
8935 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
8936 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
8938 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
8941 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
8947 output_ranges (void)
8950 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
8951 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
8953 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
8955 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
8959 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8960 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8962 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
8963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
8965 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
8966 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
8967 base of the text section. */
8968 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
8970 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
8972 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
8973 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
8974 text_section_label, NULL);
8977 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
8978 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
8979 about whether the target supports cross-section
8983 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
8984 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
8985 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
8991 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
8992 else if (block_num < 0)
8994 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
8996 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
9000 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
9001 function section, all we have to do is to take out
9003 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
9004 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
9006 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
9007 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
9008 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
9009 text_section_label, NULL);
9014 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
9015 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
9016 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
9017 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
9018 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
9024 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
9025 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
9031 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
9034 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
9035 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
9036 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
9037 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
9038 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
9041 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
9045 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
9046 int length; /* Path length. */
9047 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
9048 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
9049 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
9052 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
9053 the directories in the path. */
9056 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
9058 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
9059 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
9060 const unsigned char *cp1;
9061 const unsigned char *cp2;
9063 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
9064 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
9065 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
9066 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
9067 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
9068 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
9069 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
9071 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
9072 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
9078 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
9079 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
9080 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
9081 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
9082 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
9084 /* Character of current path component the same? */
9085 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
9090 struct file_name_acquire_data
9092 struct file_info *files;
9097 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
9100 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
9102 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
9103 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
9104 struct file_info *fi;
9107 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
9109 if (! d->emitted_number)
9112 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
9114 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
9116 /* Skip all leading "./". */
9118 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
9121 /* Create a new array entry. */
9123 fi->length = strlen (f);
9126 /* Search for the file name part. */
9127 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
9128 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
9130 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
9134 if (f == NULL || f < g)
9140 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
9144 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
9145 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
9146 slowdowns with many input files. */
9149 output_file_names (void)
9151 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
9153 struct file_info *files;
9154 struct dir_info *dirs;
9162 if (!last_emitted_file)
9164 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
9165 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
9169 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
9171 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
9172 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
9173 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
9176 fnad.used_files = 0;
9177 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
9178 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
9179 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
9181 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
9183 /* Find all the different directories used. */
9184 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
9185 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
9186 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
9188 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
9189 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
9192 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
9193 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
9194 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
9195 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
9197 /* Same directory as last entry. */
9198 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
9199 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
9205 /* This is a new directory. */
9206 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
9207 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
9208 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
9209 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
9210 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
9212 /* Search for a prefix. */
9213 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
9214 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
9215 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
9216 && dirs[j].length > 1
9217 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
9218 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
9219 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
9220 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
9225 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
9226 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
9227 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
9228 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
9229 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
9230 results in most cases and never is much off. */
9231 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
9232 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
9234 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
9235 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
9240 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
9241 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
9242 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
9243 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
9245 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
9248 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
9250 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
9255 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
9260 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
9261 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
9263 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
9264 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
9269 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
9271 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
9273 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
9274 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
9275 if (savehere[j] > 0)
9277 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
9278 saved[j] = savehere[j];
9280 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
9281 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
9286 /* Emit the directory name table. */
9287 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
9288 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
9289 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
9291 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
9292 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
9294 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
9296 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
9297 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
9298 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
9299 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
9300 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
9301 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
9303 /* Now write all the file names. */
9304 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
9306 int file_idx = backmap[i];
9307 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
9309 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9310 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
9312 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
9313 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
9318 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
9319 + dirs[dir_idx].length
9320 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
9321 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
9323 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
9324 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
9325 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
9327 dw2_asm_output_nstring
9328 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
9330 /* Include directory index. */
9331 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
9333 /* Modification time. */
9334 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
9335 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
9339 /* File length in bytes. */
9340 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
9341 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
9345 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
9346 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
9348 /* Include directory index. */
9349 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
9351 /* Modification time. */
9352 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
9354 /* File length in bytes. */
9355 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
9356 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
9359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
9363 /* Output one line number table into the .debug_line section. */
9366 output_one_line_info_table (dw_line_info_table *table)
9368 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9369 unsigned int current_line = 1;
9370 bool current_is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
9371 dw_line_info_entry *ent;
9374 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_entry, table->entries, i, ent)
9376 switch (ent->opcode)
9378 case LI_set_address:
9379 /* ??? Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and
9380 must always use the most general form. GCC does not know the
9381 address delta itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many
9382 ports do have length attributes which will give an upper bound
9383 on the address range. We could perhaps use length attributes
9384 to determine when it is safe to use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
9385 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, ent->val);
9387 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
9388 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
9389 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", line_label);
9390 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
9391 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
9392 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
9396 if (ent->val == current_line)
9398 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
9399 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy,
9400 "copy line %u", current_line);
9404 int line_offset = ent->val - current_line;
9405 int line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
9407 current_line = ent->val;
9408 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
9410 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
9411 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE.
9412 This takes 1 byte. */
9413 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
9414 "line %u", current_line);
9418 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
9419 depending on the value being encoded. */
9420 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
9421 "advance to line %u", current_line);
9422 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
9423 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, NULL);
9429 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "set file %u", ent->val);
9430 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
9434 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_column, "column %u", ent->val);
9435 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, "%u", ent->val);
9438 case LI_negate_stmt:
9439 current_is_stmt = !current_is_stmt;
9440 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_negate_stmt,
9441 "is_stmt %d", current_is_stmt);
9444 case LI_set_prologue_end:
9445 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_prologue_end,
9446 "set prologue end");
9449 case LI_set_epilogue_begin:
9450 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_epilogue_begin,
9451 "set epilogue begin");
9454 case LI_set_discriminator:
9455 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "discriminator %u", ent->val);
9456 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + size_of_uleb128 (ent->val), NULL);
9457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_discriminator, NULL);
9458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ent->val, NULL);
9463 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the table. */
9464 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "set address %s", table->end_label);
9465 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
9466 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
9467 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, table->end_label, NULL);
9469 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end sequence");
9470 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
9471 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
9474 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
9475 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
9478 output_line_info (void)
9480 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
9481 int ver = dwarf_version;
9482 bool saw_one = false;
9485 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
9486 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
9487 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
9488 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
9490 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
9491 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
9492 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
9493 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
9494 "Length of Source Line Info");
9495 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
9497 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
9498 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
9499 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
9501 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
9502 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
9503 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have no
9504 a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated for each
9505 source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address and
9506 DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. Accordingly, we fix
9507 this as '1', which is "correct enough" for all architectures,
9508 and don't let the target override. */
9509 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Minimum Instruction Length");
9512 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
9513 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
9514 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
9515 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
9516 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
9517 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
9518 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
9519 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
9520 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
9521 "Special Opcode Base");
9523 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
9528 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
9529 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
9530 case DW_LNS_set_file:
9531 case DW_LNS_set_column:
9532 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
9533 case DW_LNS_set_isa:
9541 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
9545 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
9546 output_file_names ();
9547 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
9549 if (separate_line_info)
9551 dw_line_info_table *table;
9554 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_line_info_table_p, separate_line_info, i, table)
9557 output_one_line_info_table (table);
9561 if (cold_text_section_line_info && cold_text_section_line_info->in_use)
9563 output_one_line_info_table (cold_text_section_line_info);
9567 /* ??? Some Darwin linkers crash on a .debug_line section with no
9568 sequences. Further, merely a DW_LNE_end_sequence entry is not
9569 sufficient -- the address column must also be initialized.
9570 Make sure to output at least one set_address/end_sequence pair,
9571 choosing .text since that section is always present. */
9572 if (text_section_line_info->in_use || !saw_one)
9573 output_one_line_info_table (text_section_line_info);
9575 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
9576 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
9579 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
9580 a DIE that describes the given type.
9582 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
9583 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
9586 base_type_die (tree type)
9588 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
9589 enum dwarf_type encoding;
9591 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
9594 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
9595 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
9596 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
9597 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9599 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9602 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
9604 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
9605 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type))
9606 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
9608 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)));
9609 if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0
9610 || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0)
9612 encoding = DW_ATE_UTF;
9616 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
9618 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
9619 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
9621 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
9623 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
9624 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
9626 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
9630 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
9632 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
9633 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
9635 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
9638 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
9641 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
9642 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
9643 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
9644 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
9645 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
9647 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
9650 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
9651 a user defined type for it. */
9653 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
9654 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
9656 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
9660 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
9661 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
9665 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
9669 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9671 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
9672 int_size_in_bytes (type));
9673 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
9675 return base_type_result;
9678 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
9679 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
9682 is_base_type (tree type)
9684 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9690 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
9698 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9703 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
9717 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
9718 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
9719 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
9720 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
9723 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
9724 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
9726 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
9727 return BITS_PER_WORD;
9728 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
9730 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
9731 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
9733 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
9736 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
9738 static inline double_int
9739 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
9741 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
9742 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD);
9743 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
9744 return double_int_zero;
9745 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
9746 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type));
9748 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type));
9751 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
9752 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
9755 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
9757 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9758 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
9760 if (context_die == NULL)
9761 context_die = comp_unit_die ();
9763 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
9765 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
9767 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
9768 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
9769 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
9773 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
9775 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
9777 return subrange_die;
9780 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
9781 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
9784 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
9785 dw_die_ref context_die)
9787 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
9788 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
9789 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
9790 tree item_type = NULL;
9791 tree qualified_type;
9792 tree name, low, high;
9794 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
9797 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
9800 = get_qualified_type (type,
9801 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
9802 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
9804 if (qualified_type == sizetype
9805 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
9806 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
9808 tree t = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
9810 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE
9811 && TYPE_PRECISION (t)
9812 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
9813 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)
9814 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
9818 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
9821 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
9823 return mod_type_die;
9826 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
9828 /* Handle C typedef types. */
9829 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
9830 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
9832 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
9834 if (qualified_type == dtype)
9836 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
9837 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
9838 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
9840 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
9841 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
9842 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
9843 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
9844 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
9845 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
9846 type to which it refers. */
9847 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
9848 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
9850 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
9854 /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path
9855 which leads to a qualified type. */
9856 && (!is_volatile_type
9857 || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_CONST) == NULL_TREE
9858 || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE) != NULL_TREE))
9860 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9861 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
9863 else if (is_volatile_type)
9865 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9866 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, 0, context_die);
9868 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
9870 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9871 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
9872 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
9873 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9874 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
9875 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
9876 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
9878 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
9880 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
9881 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die (),
9884 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
9885 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
9886 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
9887 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9888 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
9889 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
9890 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
9892 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
9893 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
9894 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
9896 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
9897 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9899 else if (is_base_type (type))
9900 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
9903 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
9905 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
9906 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
9907 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
9908 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
9909 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
9911 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
9912 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
9914 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
9915 not the main variant. */
9916 return lookup_type_die (type);
9919 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
9920 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
9921 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
9922 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
9923 if the base type already has the same name. */
9925 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
9926 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
9927 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
9928 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
9929 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
9930 && DECL_NAME (name))))
9932 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
9933 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
9934 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
9935 useful source coordinates anyway. */
9936 name = DECL_NAME (name);
9937 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
9939 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
9940 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9942 name = TYPE_NAME (type);
9944 && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
9945 name = DECL_NAME (name);
9946 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die,
9947 name ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name) : "__unknown__");
9951 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
9954 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
9955 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
9956 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
9957 types are possible in Ada. */
9958 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
9959 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
9960 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
9963 if (sub_die != NULL)
9964 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
9966 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (mod_type_die, type, context_die);
9967 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
9968 add_AT_flag (mod_type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9970 return mod_type_die;
9973 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
9974 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
9975 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
9978 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
9982 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
9984 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
9988 die = lookup_type_die (t);
9989 else if (DECL_P (t))
9990 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
9994 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
9996 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
9997 or function. End of story. */
10000 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
10001 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
10002 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
10004 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
10006 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
10007 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
10008 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
10009 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
10011 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
10013 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
10014 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
10015 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
10016 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
10017 an argument pack. */
10018 if (arg_pack_elems)
10019 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
10023 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
10024 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
10029 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
10030 the representation of a generic type parameter.
10031 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
10032 ARG is the argument to PARM.
10033 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
10035 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
10036 as a child node. */
10039 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
10041 dw_die_ref parent_die)
10043 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
10044 const char *name = NULL;
10046 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
10049 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
10050 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
10051 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
10053 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10054 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
10055 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
10056 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
10057 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
10058 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
10059 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
10060 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
10061 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
10062 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
10063 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
10064 name of the template template argument. */
10065 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
10068 gcc_unreachable ();
10074 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
10075 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
10076 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
10077 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
10081 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
10083 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
10086 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
10088 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
10089 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
10090 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
10091 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
10092 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
10093 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
10094 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
10095 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
10100 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
10101 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
10102 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
10104 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
10105 to the name of the argument. */
10106 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
10108 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
10111 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10112 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
10113 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
10114 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
10116 We must be careful here:
10117 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
10118 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
10119 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
10120 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
10121 emitted after cgraph computations.
10122 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
10123 after cgraph is ready. */
10124 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
10130 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
10131 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
10132 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
10135 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
10136 tree parm_pack_args,
10137 dw_die_ref parent_die)
10142 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
10144 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
10145 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
10146 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
10147 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
10148 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
10149 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
10154 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
10155 an enumerated type. */
10158 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
10160 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
10163 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
10165 static unsigned int
10166 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
10168 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
10170 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
10172 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
10173 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
10175 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
10176 if (leaf_reg != -1)
10177 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
10181 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
10184 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
10185 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
10186 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
10189 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
10191 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10193 if (*list_head != NULL)
10195 /* Find the end of the chain. */
10196 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
10199 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
10200 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
10204 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
10205 zero if there is none. */
10207 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10208 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
10212 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
10215 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
10216 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
10217 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
10218 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
10219 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
10220 if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx)
10221 && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl)
10223 dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL;
10225 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
10227 result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, GET_MODE (rtl), VOIDmode,
10230 add_loc_descr (&result,
10231 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
10236 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
10238 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
10239 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
10241 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
10244 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
10245 a given hard register number. */
10247 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10248 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
10250 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
10254 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
10256 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
10258 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
10259 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
10261 return reg_loc_descr;
10264 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
10265 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
10267 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10268 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
10269 enum var_init_status initialized)
10271 int nregs, size, i;
10273 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
10276 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
10277 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
10279 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
10280 if (leaf_reg != -1)
10281 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
10284 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
10285 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
10287 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
10288 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
10290 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
10295 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
10297 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
10298 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10299 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
10300 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
10306 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
10308 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
10310 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
10313 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
10315 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
10317 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
10318 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10319 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
10320 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
10321 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
10324 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
10325 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
10329 static unsigned long size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
10331 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant i,
10332 as a compound operation from constant (i >> shift), constant shift
10335 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10336 int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i, int shift)
10338 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (i >> shift);
10339 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
10340 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
10344 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
10346 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10347 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
10349 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
10351 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
10352 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
10355 int clz = clz_hwi (i);
10356 int ctz = ctz_hwi (i);
10358 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
10359 else if (i <= 0xff)
10360 op = DW_OP_const1u;
10361 else if (i <= 0xffff)
10362 op = DW_OP_const2u;
10363 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 5
10364 && clz + 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10365 /* DW_OP_litX DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 3 bytes and
10366 DW_OP_litX DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
10367 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
10368 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 5);
10369 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
10370 && clz + 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10371 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 4 bytes,
10372 while DW_OP_const4u is 5 bytes. */
10373 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 8);
10374 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff)
10375 op = DW_OP_const4u;
10376 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
10377 && clz + 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10378 /* DW_OP_const1u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
10379 while DW_OP_constu of constant >= 0x100000000 takes at least
10381 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 8);
10382 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16
10383 && clz + 16 + (size_of_uleb128 (i) > 5 ? 255 : 31)
10384 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10385 /* DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 5 bytes,
10386 DW_OP_const2u X DW_OP_const1u Y DW_OP_shl takes 6 bytes,
10387 while DW_OP_constu takes in this case at least 6 bytes. */
10388 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 16);
10389 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32
10390 && clz + 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10391 && size_of_uleb128 (i) > 6)
10392 /* DW_OP_const4u X DW_OP_litY DW_OP_shl takes just 7 bytes. */
10393 return int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - clz - 32);
10400 op = DW_OP_const1s;
10401 else if (i >= -0x8000)
10402 op = DW_OP_const2s;
10403 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000)
10405 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i) < 5)
10407 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (-i);
10408 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
10411 op = DW_OP_const4s;
10415 if (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i)
10416 < (unsigned long) 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i))
10418 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = int_loc_descriptor (-i);
10419 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
10426 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
10429 /* Return size_of_locs (int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, shift))
10430 without actually allocating it. */
10432 static unsigned long
10433 size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i, int shift)
10435 return size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i >> shift)
10436 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift)
10440 /* Return size_of_locs (int_loc_descriptor (i)) without
10441 actually allocating it. */
10443 static unsigned long
10444 size_of_int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
10453 else if (i <= 0xff)
10455 else if (i <= 0xffff)
10459 if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 5
10460 && clz + 5 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10461 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10463 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
10464 && clz + 8 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10465 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10467 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i <= 0xffffffff)
10469 s = size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
10470 if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 8
10471 && clz + 8 + 255 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10472 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10474 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 16
10475 && clz + 16 + (s > 5 ? 255 : 31) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10476 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10478 else if (clz + ctz >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 32
10479 && clz + 32 + 31 >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10481 return size_of_int_shift_loc_descriptor (i, HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10490 else if (i >= -0x8000)
10492 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 || i >= -0x80000000)
10494 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i)
10496 s = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i) + 1;
10504 unsigned long r = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
10505 if (-(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i)
10507 s = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (-i) + 1;
10516 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
10517 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
10519 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10520 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
10523 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
10525 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
10528 litsize = size_of_int_loc_descriptor (i);
10529 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
10530 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
10531 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
10532 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
10533 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
10534 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
10536 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
10537 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
10538 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
10542 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
10544 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
10545 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
10549 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
10551 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10552 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
10553 enum var_init_status initialized)
10555 unsigned int regno;
10556 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
10557 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
10559 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
10560 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
10561 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
10562 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
10563 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
10565 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10569 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10571 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10572 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10574 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
10575 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10576 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
10577 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
10578 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10579 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10581 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
10582 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
10583 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
10584 access stack variables. */
10585 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
10586 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
10589 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
10590 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10592 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
10595 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid);
10596 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
10597 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
10601 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
10603 if (!optimize && fde
10604 && (fde->drap_reg == regno || fde->vdrap_reg == regno))
10606 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
10607 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
10608 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
10609 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
10610 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
10611 else in other part of the routine. */
10612 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
10616 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
10619 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
10621 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
10622 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
10627 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
10630 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
10632 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
10633 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10634 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
10635 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
10638 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
10641 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10642 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
10645 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
10647 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || !MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem))
10650 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
10652 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
10653 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
10656 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
10657 if (loc_result == NULL)
10660 if (MEM_OFFSET (mem))
10661 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, MEM_OFFSET (mem));
10666 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
10670 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
10672 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
10674 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
10676 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
10679 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
10680 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
10682 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
10686 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
10687 or via for_each_rtx. */
10690 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10694 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
10696 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
10697 we can't express it in the debug info. */
10698 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
10699 /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to
10701 if (XVECLEN (rtl, 0) != 1
10702 || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
10703 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) == NULL
10704 || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL
10705 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))))
10706 inform (current_function_decl
10707 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
10708 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
10709 #if NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES > 0
10710 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %s (%d) found in variable location",
10711 ((XINT (rtl, 1) >= 0 && XINT (rtl, 1) < NUM_UNSPEC_VALUES)
10712 ? unspec_strings[XINT (rtl, 1)] : "unknown"),
10715 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
10719 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
10720 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
10724 if (targetm.const_not_ok_for_debug_p (rtl))
10726 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
10727 "Expression rejected for debug by the backend.\n");
10731 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
10734 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
10737 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
10738 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
10739 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
10742 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
10743 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
10748 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
10751 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
10752 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
10753 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
10754 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
10755 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
10756 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
10758 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
10760 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
10762 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
10763 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
10771 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
10772 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
10773 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
10776 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
10778 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
10779 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
10781 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
10782 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
10787 /* Return a reference to DW_TAG_base_type corresponding to MODE and UNSIGNEDP
10788 if possible, NULL otherwise. */
10791 base_type_for_mode (enum machine_mode mode, bool unsignedp)
10793 dw_die_ref type_die;
10794 tree type = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, unsignedp);
10798 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10806 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10808 type_die = modified_type_die (type, false, false, comp_unit_die ());
10809 if (type_die == NULL || type_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_base_type)
10814 /* For OP descriptor assumed to be in unsigned MODE, convert it to a unsigned
10815 type matching MODE, or, if MODE is narrower than or as wide as
10816 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, untyped. Return NULL if the conversion is not
10819 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10820 convert_descriptor_to_mode (enum machine_mode mode, dw_loc_descr_ref op)
10822 enum machine_mode outer_mode = mode;
10823 dw_die_ref type_die;
10824 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
10826 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10828 add_loc_descr (&op, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0));
10831 type_die = base_type_for_mode (outer_mode, 1);
10832 if (type_die == NULL)
10834 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
10835 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
10836 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
10837 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
10838 add_loc_descr (&op, cvt);
10842 /* Return location descriptor for comparison OP with operands OP0 and OP1. */
10844 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10845 compare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, dw_loc_descr_ref op0,
10846 dw_loc_descr_ref op1)
10848 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = op0;
10849 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
10850 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
10851 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
10853 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
10854 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
10859 /* Return location descriptor for signed comparison OP RTL. */
10861 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10862 scompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl,
10863 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
10865 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
10866 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
10869 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
10870 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
10871 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
10875 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
10876 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
10879 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
10880 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10881 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
10882 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10884 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
10887 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT
10888 || GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10889 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10891 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10893 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (op_mode, 0);
10894 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
10896 if (type_die == NULL)
10898 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
10899 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
10900 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
10901 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
10902 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
10903 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
10904 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
10905 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
10906 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
10907 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
10908 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10911 shift = (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10912 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
10913 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
10914 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
10916 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
10917 for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
10919 for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
10921 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
10922 whether they are zero extended or not. */
10923 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
10924 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
10925 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10926 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10927 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
10928 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
10929 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
10930 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10931 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10932 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
10933 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10935 /* EQ/NE comparison against constant in narrower type than
10936 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE can be performed either as
10937 DW_OP_const1u <shift> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_const* <cst << shift>
10940 DW_OP_const*u <mode_mask> DW_OP_and DW_OP_const* <cst & mode_mask>
10941 DW_OP_{eq,ne}. Pick whatever is shorter. */
10942 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10943 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10944 && (size_of_int_loc_descriptor (shift) + 1
10945 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift)
10946 >= size_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)) + 1
10947 + size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10948 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
10950 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)));
10951 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
10952 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
10953 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode));
10954 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10957 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
10958 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
10959 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
10960 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
10963 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
10964 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
10966 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
10969 /* Return location descriptor for unsigned comparison OP RTL. */
10971 static dw_loc_descr_ref
10972 ucompare_loc_descriptor (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl,
10973 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
10975 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
10976 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
10978 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
10979 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
10980 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
10982 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
10985 if (dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10988 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), op_mode, mem_mode,
10989 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10990 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), op_mode, mem_mode,
10991 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
10993 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
10996 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10998 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
10999 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
11000 for (last0 = op0; last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
11002 for (last1 = op1; last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
11004 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
11005 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
11006 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
11007 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
11008 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
11010 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
11011 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11013 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
11014 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
11015 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
11016 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
11017 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
11019 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
11020 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11023 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11025 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
11026 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
11027 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
11028 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
11029 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
11030 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
11032 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
11035 return compare_loc_descriptor (op, op0, op1);
11038 /* Return location descriptor for {U,S}{MIN,MAX}. */
11040 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11041 minmax_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11042 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11044 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
11045 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1, ret;
11046 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
11049 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11050 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
11053 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11054 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11055 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
11056 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11058 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
11061 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
11062 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11063 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
11064 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
11066 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11068 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
11069 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
11070 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11071 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
11072 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11074 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11076 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
11077 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
11078 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
11079 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
11082 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11083 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11085 int shift = (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
11086 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11087 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11088 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11089 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11091 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11092 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11094 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 0);
11095 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
11096 if (type_die == NULL)
11098 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11099 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11100 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11101 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11102 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
11103 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11104 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11105 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11106 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11107 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
11110 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
11115 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
11116 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
11117 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11118 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
11119 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11120 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
11121 add_loc_descr (&ret, drop_node);
11122 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11123 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
11124 if ((GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == SMAX)
11125 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11126 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11127 ret = convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, ret);
11131 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Perform OP binary op,
11132 but after converting arguments to type_die, afterwards
11133 convert back to unsigned. */
11135 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11136 typed_binop (enum dwarf_location_atom op, rtx rtl, dw_die_ref type_die,
11137 enum machine_mode mode, enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11139 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt, op0, op1;
11141 if (type_die == NULL)
11143 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11144 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11145 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
11146 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11147 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
11149 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11150 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11151 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11152 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11153 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
11154 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11155 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11156 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11157 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11158 add_loc_descr (&op1, cvt);
11159 add_loc_descr (&op0, op1);
11160 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
11161 return convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, op0);
11164 /* CLZ (where constV is CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO computed value,
11165 const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
11166 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant
11167 and constMSB is constant with just the MSB bit set
11169 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
11170 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
11171 L2: DW_OP_dup constMSB DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shl
11172 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
11177 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop constV DW_OP_skip <L4>
11178 L1: const0 DW_OP_swap
11179 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
11180 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
11185 DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L1> DW_OP_drop const0 DW_OP_skip <L4>
11186 L1: const1 DW_OP_swap
11187 L2: DW_OP_dup const1 DW_OP_and DW_OP_bra <L3> const1 DW_OP_shr
11188 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_plus_uconst <1> DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L2>
11192 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11193 clz_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11194 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11196 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
11197 HOST_WIDE_INT valv;
11198 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
11199 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
11200 dw_loc_descr_ref l3jump, l3label;
11201 dw_loc_descr_ref l4jump, l4label;
11204 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11205 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != mode
11206 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ
11207 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
11210 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11211 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11215 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ)
11217 if (!CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, valv))
11218 valv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
11220 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == FFS)
11222 else if (!CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, valv))
11223 valv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
11224 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
11225 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11226 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
11227 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0));
11228 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (valv), mode, mem_mode,
11229 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11232 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11233 l4jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
11234 add_loc_descr (&ret, l4jump);
11235 l1label = mem_loc_descriptor (GET_CODE (rtl) == FFS
11236 ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx,
11238 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11239 if (l1label == NULL)
11241 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
11242 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11243 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
11244 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
11245 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != CLZ)
11247 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11248 msb = GEN_INT ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
11249 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1));
11251 msb = immed_double_const (0, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
11252 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
11253 - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1), mode);
11254 if (GET_CODE (msb) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (msb) < 0)
11255 tmp = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
11256 ? DW_OP_const4u : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
11257 ? DW_OP_const8u : DW_OP_constu, INTVAL (msb), 0);
11259 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (msb, mode, mem_mode,
11260 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11263 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11264 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11265 l3jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11266 add_loc_descr (&ret, l3jump);
11267 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11268 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11271 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11272 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl) == CLZ
11273 ? DW_OP_shl : DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
11274 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11275 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, 1, 0));
11276 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11277 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
11278 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
11279 l3label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
11280 add_loc_descr (&ret, l3label);
11281 l4label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
11282 add_loc_descr (&ret, l4label);
11283 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11284 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
11285 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11286 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
11287 l3jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11288 l3jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l3label;
11289 l4jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11290 l4jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l4label;
11294 /* POPCOUNT (const0 is DW_OP_lit0 or corresponding typed constant,
11295 const1 is DW_OP_lit1 or corresponding typed constant):
11297 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
11298 DW_OP_plus DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
11302 L1: DW_OP_dup DW_OP_bra <L2> DW_OP_dup DW_OP_rot const1 DW_OP_and
11303 DW_OP_xor DW_OP_swap const1 DW_OP_shr DW_OP_skip <L1>
11306 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11307 popcount_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11308 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11310 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
11311 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
11312 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
11314 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11315 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != mode)
11318 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11319 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11323 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11324 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11327 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11328 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11329 l1label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
11330 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
11331 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11332 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
11333 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
11334 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot, 0, 0));
11335 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11336 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11339 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11340 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11341 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (GET_CODE (rtl) == POPCOUNT
11342 ? DW_OP_plus : DW_OP_xor, 0, 0));
11343 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11344 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const1_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11345 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11346 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11347 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
11348 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
11349 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
11350 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
11351 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
11352 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11353 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
11354 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11355 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
11359 /* BSWAP (constS is initial shift count, either 56 or 24):
11361 L1: DW_OP_pick <2> constS DW_OP_pick <3> DW_OP_minus DW_OP_shr
11362 const255 DW_OP_and DW_OP_pick <2> DW_OP_shl DW_OP_or
11363 DW_OP_swap DW_OP_dup const0 DW_OP_eq DW_OP_bra <L2> const8
11364 DW_OP_minus DW_OP_swap DW_OP_skip <L1>
11365 L2: DW_OP_drop DW_OP_swap DW_OP_drop */
11367 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11368 bswap_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11369 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11371 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, ret, tmp;
11372 dw_loc_descr_ref l1jump, l1label;
11373 dw_loc_descr_ref l2jump, l2label;
11375 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11376 || BITS_PER_UNIT != 8
11377 || (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 32
11378 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 64))
11381 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11382 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11387 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 8),
11389 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11392 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11393 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11394 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11397 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11398 l1label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 2, 0);
11399 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1label);
11400 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 8),
11402 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11403 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11404 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 3, 0));
11405 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
11406 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
11407 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (255), mode, mem_mode,
11408 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11411 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11412 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11413 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_pick, 2, 0));
11414 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11415 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or, 0, 0));
11416 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11417 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
11418 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (const0_rtx, mode, mem_mode,
11419 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11420 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11421 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_eq, 0, 0));
11422 l2jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
11423 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2jump);
11424 tmp = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (8), mode, mem_mode,
11425 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11426 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
11427 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
11428 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11429 l1jump = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
11430 add_loc_descr (&ret, l1jump);
11431 l2label = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
11432 add_loc_descr (&ret, l2label);
11433 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11434 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0));
11435 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11436 l1jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l1label;
11437 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11438 l2jump->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = l2label;
11442 /* ROTATE (constMASK is mode mask, BITSIZE is bitsize of mode):
11443 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
11444 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_neg
11445 DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE> DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or
11447 ROTATERT is similar:
11448 DW_OP_over DW_OP_over DW_OP_neg DW_OP_plus_uconst <BITSIZE>
11449 DW_OP_shl [ constMASK DW_OP_and ] DW_OP_rot
11450 [ DW_OP_swap constMASK DW_OP_and DW_OP_swap ] DW_OP_shr DW_OP_or */
11452 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11453 rotate_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11454 enum machine_mode mem_mode)
11456 rtx rtlop1 = XEXP (rtl, 1);
11457 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1, ret, mask[2] = { NULL, NULL };
11460 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
11463 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1) != VOIDmode
11464 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
11465 rtlop1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, rtlop1);
11466 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11467 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11468 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1, mode, mem_mode,
11469 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11470 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL)
11472 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11473 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
11475 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11476 mask[i] = mem_loc_descriptor (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_MASK (mode)),
11478 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11479 else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
11480 mask[i] = new_loc_descr (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
11482 : HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
11483 ? DW_OP_const8u : DW_OP_constu,
11484 GET_MODE_MASK (mode), 0);
11487 if (mask[i] == NULL)
11489 add_loc_descr (&mask[i], new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11492 add_loc_descr (&ret, op1);
11493 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
11494 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
11495 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ROTATERT)
11497 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
11498 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
11499 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), 0));
11501 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11502 if (mask[0] != NULL)
11503 add_loc_descr (&ret, mask[0]);
11504 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_rot, 0, 0));
11505 if (mask[1] != NULL)
11507 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11508 add_loc_descr (&ret, mask[1]);
11509 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
11511 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ROTATE)
11513 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_neg, 0, 0));
11514 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
11515 GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), 0));
11517 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shr, 0, 0));
11518 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_or, 0, 0));
11522 /* Helper function for mem_loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref
11523 for DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF RTL. */
11525 static dw_loc_descr_ref
11526 parameter_ref_descriptor (rtx rtl)
11528 dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
11533 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL);
11534 ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl));
11535 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref, 0, 0);
11538 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11539 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
11540 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11544 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
11545 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (rtl);
11550 /* Helper function to get mode of MEM's address. */
11553 get_address_mode (rtx mem)
11555 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (mem, 0));
11556 if (mode != VOIDmode)
11558 return targetm.addr_space.address_mode (MEM_ADDR_SPACE (mem));
11561 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
11562 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
11563 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
11564 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
11566 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
11567 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
11568 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
11569 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
11571 MODE is the mode that should be assumed for the rtl if it is VOIDmode.
11573 MEM_MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
11574 autoincrement addressing modes.
11576 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
11579 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
11580 enum machine_mode mem_mode,
11581 enum var_init_status initialized)
11583 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
11584 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
11585 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
11587 if (mode == VOIDmode)
11588 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
11590 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
11591 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
11592 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
11593 zeroth element of the array. */
11595 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
11597 if (mode != GET_MODE (rtl) && GET_MODE (rtl) != VOIDmode)
11600 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
11605 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
11608 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
11609 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
11610 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
11611 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
11612 contains the given subreg. */
11613 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
11615 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11616 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) == MODE_INT
11617 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11618 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
11619 || (mode == Pmode && mem_mode != VOIDmode)
11622 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11624 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
11625 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)),
11626 mem_mode, initialized);
11631 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))))
11633 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)))
11634 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11635 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))) != MODE_INT))
11639 dw_die_ref type_die;
11640 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
11642 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
11643 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)),
11644 mem_mode, initialized);
11645 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
11647 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
11648 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
11649 if (type_die == NULL)
11651 mem_loc_result = NULL;
11654 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
11655 != GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl))))
11656 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11658 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret, 0, 0);
11659 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11660 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11661 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11662 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
11667 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11668 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11669 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
11670 && (mode != Pmode || mem_mode == VOIDmode)
11674 dw_die_ref type_die;
11678 if (REGNO (rtl) > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
11680 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
11681 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
11682 if (type_die == NULL)
11684 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_regval_type,
11685 dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0);
11686 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11687 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11688 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11691 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
11692 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
11693 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
11694 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
11695 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
11696 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
11697 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
11698 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
11699 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
11700 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
11701 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
11702 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
11703 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
11704 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
11705 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11706 else if (stack_realign_drap
11708 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
11709 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
11711 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
11712 out, use DRAP instead. */
11713 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
11714 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11720 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
11722 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
11723 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11726 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND
11727 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11728 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
11729 < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
11730 /* If DW_OP_const{1,2,4}u won't be used, it is shorter
11731 to expand zero extend as two shifts instead of
11733 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= 4)
11735 enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
11736 mem_loc_result = op0;
11737 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
11738 int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_MASK (imode)));
11739 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
11741 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11743 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11744 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
11745 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
11746 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
11750 mem_loc_result = op0;
11751 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11752 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
11753 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
11754 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
11756 else if (!dwarf_strict)
11758 dw_die_ref type_die1, type_die2;
11759 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
11761 type_die1 = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
11762 GET_CODE (rtl) == ZERO_EXTEND);
11763 if (type_die1 == NULL)
11765 type_die2 = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
11766 if (type_die2 == NULL)
11768 mem_loc_result = op0;
11769 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11770 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11771 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die1;
11772 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11773 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
11774 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
11775 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11776 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die2;
11777 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11778 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, cvt);
11784 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
11785 if (new_rtl != rtl)
11787 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, mem_mode,
11789 if (mem_loc_result != NULL)
11790 return mem_loc_result;
11793 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
11794 get_address_mode (rtl), mode,
11795 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11796 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
11797 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
11798 if (mem_loc_result != NULL)
11800 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11801 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
11803 dw_die_ref type_die;
11804 dw_loc_descr_ref deref;
11809 = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
11810 if (type_die == NULL)
11812 deref = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_deref_type,
11813 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
11814 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
11815 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
11816 deref->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
11817 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, deref);
11819 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11820 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
11822 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
11823 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
11824 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
11829 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode, initialized);
11832 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
11833 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
11837 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11838 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11839 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
11840 && (mode != Pmode || mem_mode == VOIDmode)
11844 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
11845 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
11847 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
11849 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
11850 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
11853 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
11854 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
11855 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
11856 temp = new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4
11857 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u, 0, 0);
11858 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
11859 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
11860 temp->dtprel = true;
11862 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
11863 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
11868 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
11872 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
11873 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
11874 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
11875 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
11881 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
11882 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
11883 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
11889 if (REG_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)))
11891 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
11892 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11893 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
11894 VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11897 = one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl)),
11898 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11900 else if (MEM_P (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl))
11901 && REG_P (XEXP (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), 0)))
11903 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (rtl), mode,
11904 VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11905 if (op0 && op0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg)
11909 gcc_unreachable ();
11912 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_entry_value, 0, 0);
11913 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
11914 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = op0;
11917 case DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF:
11918 mem_loc_result = parameter_ref_descriptor (rtl);
11922 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
11923 PLUS code below. */
11924 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
11929 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
11931 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
11932 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
11933 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)
11934 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mem_mode)));
11936 /* ... fall through ... */
11940 if (is_based_loc (rtl)
11941 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
11942 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
11943 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
11944 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
11945 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11948 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
11949 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11950 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
11953 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
11954 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11955 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
11958 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
11959 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
11962 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
11963 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
11964 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
11969 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
11970 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
11981 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
11982 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
11984 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_div, rtl,
11985 base_type_for_mode (mode, 0),
12009 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
12011 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12012 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12014 rtx rtlop1 = XEXP (rtl, 1);
12015 if (GET_MODE (rtlop1) != VOIDmode
12016 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtlop1))
12017 < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
12018 rtlop1 = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (mode, rtlop1);
12019 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (rtlop1, mode, mem_mode,
12020 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12023 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
12026 mem_loc_result = op0;
12027 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
12028 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12044 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12045 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12046 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12047 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12049 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
12052 mem_loc_result = op0;
12053 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
12054 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12058 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE && !dwarf_strict)
12060 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_mod, rtl,
12061 base_type_for_mode (mode, 0),
12066 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12067 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12068 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12069 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12071 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
12074 mem_loc_result = op0;
12075 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
12076 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
12077 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
12078 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
12079 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
12080 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
12084 if (!dwarf_strict && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
12086 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12091 mem_loc_result = typed_binop (DW_OP_div, rtl,
12092 base_type_for_mode (mode, 1),
12110 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, mem_mode,
12111 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12116 mem_loc_result = op0;
12117 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12121 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12122 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
12124 && mem_mode != VOIDmode
12125 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl), ptr_mode) == INTVAL (rtl))
12129 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
12133 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
12134 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
12136 dw_die_ref type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, 1);
12137 enum machine_mode amode;
12138 if (type_die == NULL)
12140 amode = mode_for_size (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT,
12142 if (INTVAL (rtl) >= 0
12143 && amode != BLKmode
12144 && trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (rtl), amode) == INTVAL (rtl)
12145 /* const DW_OP_GNU_convert <XXX> vs.
12146 DW_OP_GNU_const_type <XXX, 1, const>. */
12147 && size_of_int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl)) + 1 + 1
12148 < (unsigned long) 1 + 1 + 1 + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
12150 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
12151 op0 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12152 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12153 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12154 op0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12155 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0);
12156 return mem_loc_result;
12158 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0,
12160 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12161 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12162 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12163 if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
12164 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12167 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
12168 = dw_val_class_const_double;
12169 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
12170 = shwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (rtl));
12178 dw_die_ref type_die;
12180 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
12181 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
12182 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
12183 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
12184 if (mode == VOIDmode
12185 || (GET_MODE (rtl) == VOIDmode
12186 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) != 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
12188 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode,
12189 GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT);
12190 if (type_die == NULL)
12192 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_const_type, 0, 0);
12193 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12194 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12195 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12196 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
12198 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
12199 unsigned char *array
12200 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
12202 insert_float (rtl, array);
12203 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
12204 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
12205 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
12206 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
12210 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class
12211 = dw_val_class_const_double;
12212 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
12213 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
12219 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_eq, rtl, mem_mode);
12223 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge, rtl, mem_mode);
12227 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt, rtl, mem_mode);
12231 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le, rtl, mem_mode);
12235 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt, rtl, mem_mode);
12239 mem_loc_result = scompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ne, rtl, mem_mode);
12243 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_ge, rtl, mem_mode);
12247 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_gt, rtl, mem_mode);
12251 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_le, rtl, mem_mode);
12255 mem_loc_result = ucompare_loc_descriptor (DW_OP_lt, rtl, mem_mode);
12260 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
12265 mem_loc_result = minmax_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12270 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
12271 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
12272 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
12273 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
12274 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
12275 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12276 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12277 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12280 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12281 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12284 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
12288 mem_loc_result = op0;
12289 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
12290 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
12291 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
12292 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
12294 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12296 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
12297 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12299 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12301 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12303 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
12304 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
12305 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12312 dw_loc_descr_ref op2, bra_node, drop_node;
12313 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0),
12314 GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == VOIDmode
12315 ? word_mode : GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12316 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12317 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, mem_mode,
12318 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12319 op2 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 2), mode, mem_mode,
12320 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12321 if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL || op2 == NULL)
12324 mem_loc_result = op1;
12325 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op2);
12326 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0);
12327 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
12328 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
12329 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
12330 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
12331 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
12332 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
12333 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
12338 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
12340 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
12345 dw_die_ref type_die;
12346 dw_loc_descr_ref cvt;
12348 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12349 mem_mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12352 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) == MODE_INT
12353 && (GET_CODE (rtl) == FLOAT
12354 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
12355 <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
12357 type_die = base_type_for_mode (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
12358 GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FLOAT);
12359 if (type_die == NULL)
12361 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12362 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12363 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12364 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12365 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
12367 type_die = base_type_for_mode (mode, GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSIGNED_FIX);
12368 if (type_die == NULL)
12370 cvt = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_convert, 0, 0);
12371 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12372 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = type_die;
12373 cvt->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12374 add_loc_descr (&op0, cvt);
12375 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
12376 && (GET_CODE (rtl) == FIX
12377 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))
12379 op0 = convert_descriptor_to_mode (mode, op0);
12383 mem_loc_result = op0;
12390 mem_loc_result = clz_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12395 mem_loc_result = popcount_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12399 mem_loc_result = bswap_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12404 mem_loc_result = rotate_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode);
12409 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
12410 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
12435 case FRACT_CONVERT:
12436 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
12438 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
12444 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
12448 case STRICT_LOW_PART:
12452 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
12453 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
12458 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
12462 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12463 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
12464 gcc_unreachable ();
12470 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12471 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12473 return mem_loc_result;
12476 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
12477 This is typically a complex variable. */
12479 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12480 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
12482 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
12483 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
12484 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12485 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
12486 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12488 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
12491 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
12492 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
12494 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
12495 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
12497 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12498 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12500 return cc_loc_result;
12503 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
12506 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12507 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
12510 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
12511 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
12513 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
12515 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
12516 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
12518 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12522 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
12523 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
12526 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12527 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12529 return cc_loc_result;
12532 /* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer
12533 for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */
12535 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12536 implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
12538 dw_loc_descr_ref ret;
12543 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
12544 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL
12545 || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == RESULT_DECL);
12546 ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl));
12547 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer, 0, offset);
12548 ret->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12551 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
12552 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
12553 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
12557 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref;
12558 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl);
12563 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
12564 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
12565 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
12566 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
12567 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
12569 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
12570 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
12571 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
12573 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
12575 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12576 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12577 enum var_init_status initialized)
12579 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12581 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12584 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12585 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12586 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12587 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12588 contains the given subreg. */
12589 if (REG_P (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) && subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12590 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl),
12591 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)), initialized);
12597 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
12601 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
12602 GET_MODE (rtl), initialized);
12603 if (loc_result == NULL)
12604 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
12605 if (loc_result == NULL)
12607 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
12608 if (new_rtl != rtl)
12609 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
12614 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
12619 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
12624 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
12626 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
12627 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
12628 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
12629 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
12633 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
12638 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
12639 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
12640 enum machine_mode mode;
12643 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
12644 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
12645 VOIDmode, initialized);
12646 if (loc_result == NULL)
12648 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
12649 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
12650 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
12652 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
12654 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
12655 VOIDmode, initialized);
12658 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
12659 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
12660 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
12666 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
12667 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
12672 if (mode == VOIDmode)
12673 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
12675 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12677 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
12679 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
12680 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
12681 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
12682 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
12683 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12684 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
12685 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
12687 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
12688 unsigned char *array
12689 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
12691 insert_float (rtl, array);
12692 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
12693 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
12694 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
12695 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
12699 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
12700 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
12701 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
12707 if (mode == VOIDmode)
12708 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
12710 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12712 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
12713 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
12714 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
12715 ggc_alloc_atomic (length * elt_size);
12719 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
12720 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
12722 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
12723 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
12725 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
12726 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
12728 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
12729 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
12732 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
12733 insert_double (val, p);
12738 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
12739 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
12741 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
12742 insert_float (elt, p);
12747 gcc_unreachable ();
12750 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12751 length * elt_size, 0);
12752 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
12753 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
12754 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
12755 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
12760 if (mode == VOIDmode
12761 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
12762 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
12763 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
12765 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12770 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
12773 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12774 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12776 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
12777 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
12778 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
12779 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12780 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
12784 case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR:
12785 loc_result = implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl, 0);
12789 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR
12790 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
12793 = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
12799 if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
12800 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12801 && dwarf_version >= 4)
12802 || (!dwarf_strict && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode))
12804 /* Value expression. */
12805 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
12807 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12808 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12816 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
12817 address ranges where a given location is valid.
12818 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
12819 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
12820 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
12821 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
12823 static const char *
12824 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
12826 const char *secname;
12828 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
12830 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
12831 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
12833 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12835 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
12836 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
12838 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
12839 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
12841 secname = text_section_label;
12846 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
12849 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
12851 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
12852 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
12853 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
12856 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
12859 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12860 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
12861 enum var_init_status initialized)
12863 int have_address = 0;
12864 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
12865 enum machine_mode mode;
12867 if (want_address != 2)
12869 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
12871 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
12873 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
12874 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
12875 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
12876 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
12877 if (MEM_P (varloc))
12879 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
12880 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, get_address_mode (varloc),
12881 mode, initialized);
12886 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
12888 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, VOIDmode,
12893 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, VOIDmode, initialized);
12900 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
12901 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
12903 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
12904 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
12911 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
12912 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12914 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12916 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
12917 "DWARF address size mismatch");
12920 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12923 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
12924 if (want_address && !have_address)
12926 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
12927 "Want address and only have value");
12931 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
12932 if (!want_address && have_address)
12934 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
12935 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12937 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
12939 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
12940 "DWARF address size mismatch");
12943 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12946 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
12948 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
12954 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
12955 if it is not possible. */
12957 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12958 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
12960 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0)
12961 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
12962 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12963 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset);
12968 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
12969 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
12971 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12972 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
12975 unsigned int padsize = 0;
12976 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
12977 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
12979 enum var_init_status initialized;
12981 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
12982 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
12985 decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1);
12987 descr_tail = &descr;
12989 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
12991 unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
12992 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
12993 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
12994 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
12995 unsigned int opsize = 0;
12997 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
12998 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
13000 padsize += bitsize;
13003 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
13004 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
13005 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
13006 if (cur_descr == NULL)
13008 padsize += bitsize;
13012 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
13013 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
13014 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
13015 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
13016 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
13017 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
13019 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
13023 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
13025 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
13029 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
13031 padsize += bitsize;
13035 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
13036 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
13039 if (padsize > decl_size)
13041 decl_size -= padsize;
13042 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0);
13043 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
13045 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
13048 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
13050 if (bitsize > decl_size)
13052 decl_size -= bitsize;
13055 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
13056 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION
13057 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
13059 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
13060 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
13061 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13065 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST
13066 || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND
13067 || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND)
13068 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13069 else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG)
13070 varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc);
13075 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
13076 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
13077 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
13079 if (MEM_P (varloc))
13081 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
13082 = MEM_SIZE (varloc) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
13083 if (memsize != bitsize)
13085 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
13086 && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD))
13088 if (memsize < bitsize)
13090 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13091 offset = memsize - bitsize;
13095 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset);
13096 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
13098 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
13102 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
13104 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
13106 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0);
13107 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
13113 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
13114 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
13117 static dw_loc_list_ref
13118 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
13120 const char *endname, *secname;
13122 enum var_init_status initialized;
13123 struct var_loc_node *node;
13124 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13125 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13126 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
13127 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
13129 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
13130 actually construct the list of locations.
13131 The first location information is what is passed to the
13132 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
13133 locations just get added on to that list.
13134 Note that we only know the start address for a location
13135 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
13136 the range [current location start, next location start].
13137 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
13138 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
13140 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
13142 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
13143 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
13144 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
13146 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13148 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
13149 inside DWARF expressions. */
13150 if (want_address != 2)
13152 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
13158 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
13159 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
13160 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
13164 bool range_across_switch = false;
13165 /* If section switch happens in between node->label
13166 and node->next->label (or end of function) and
13167 we can't emit it as a single entry list,
13168 emit two ranges, first one ending at the end
13169 of first partition and second one starting at the
13170 beginning of second partition. */
13171 if (node == loc_list->last_before_switch
13172 && (node != loc_list->first || loc_list->first->next)
13173 && current_function_decl)
13175 endname = cfun->fde->dw_fde_end;
13176 range_across_switch = true;
13178 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
13179 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
13180 else if (node->next)
13181 endname = node->next->label;
13182 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
13183 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
13184 else if (!current_function_decl)
13185 endname = text_end_label;
13188 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
13189 current_function_funcdef_no);
13190 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
13193 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
13194 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
13195 && node == loc_list->first
13196 && GET_CODE (node->loc) == NOTE
13197 && strcmp (node->label, endname) == 0)
13198 (*listp)->force = true;
13199 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
13201 if (range_across_switch)
13203 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
13204 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
13207 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
13208 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
13209 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address,
13212 gcc_assert (descr);
13213 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
13214 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
13216 endname = node->next->label;
13218 endname = cfun->fde->dw_fde_second_end;
13219 *listp = new_loc_list (descr,
13220 cfun->fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
13222 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
13227 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
13228 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
13229 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
13230 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
13231 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
13233 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
13239 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
13240 as location description. */
13243 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
13245 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
13246 return !list->ll_symbol;
13249 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
13252 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
13254 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
13255 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
13256 list = list->dw_loc_next;
13259 copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
13260 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
13261 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
13262 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
13264 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
13265 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
13266 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
13269 list = list->dw_loc_next;
13273 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
13274 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
13275 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
13276 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
13278 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
13279 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
13280 and merging them that will need some additional work.
13281 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
13285 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
13294 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
13296 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
13299 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
13301 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
13305 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
13306 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
13307 " location lists.\n");
13312 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
13313 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
13315 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13316 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
13318 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
13319 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
13321 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
13326 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
13328 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
13329 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
13331 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
13333 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13334 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
13337 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), get_address_mode (rtl),
13338 GET_MODE (rtl), VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13341 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
13342 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
13343 into simple arithmetics. */
13345 static dw_loc_list_ref
13346 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
13349 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
13350 enum machine_mode mode;
13352 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13353 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
13355 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
13356 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
13357 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
13359 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
13361 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
13364 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
13366 expansion_failed (obj,
13367 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
13370 if (!offset && !bitpos)
13371 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
13373 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13374 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13376 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
13381 /* Variable offset. */
13382 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
13383 if (list_ret1 == 0)
13385 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
13388 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
13389 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13391 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
13393 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
13394 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13396 else if (bytepos < 0)
13397 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
13398 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
13399 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13405 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
13406 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
13407 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
13408 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
13409 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
13410 to refer to register values). */
13412 static dw_loc_list_ref
13413 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
13415 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
13416 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
13417 int have_address = 0;
13418 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13420 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
13421 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
13424 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
13427 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
13430 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
13431 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
13432 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
13433 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
13434 the names of types. */
13435 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
13439 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
13440 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
13443 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
13444 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
13445 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
13446 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
13447 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
13448 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
13452 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
13453 e.g. for &this->field. */
13456 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
13457 (loc, want_address == 2);
13460 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
13461 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
13464 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
13465 if (!list_ret && !ret)
13466 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
13470 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
13476 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
13479 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
13480 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
13481 bool dtprel = false;
13483 if (targetm.have_tls)
13485 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
13487 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13490 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
13491 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
13492 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
13493 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
13494 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
13495 operand shouldn't be. */
13496 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
13498 first_op = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u;
13500 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
13504 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
13505 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
13507 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
13508 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
13509 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
13510 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
13511 loc = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc);
13512 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
13513 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
13516 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
13517 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
13522 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
13523 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
13526 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
13527 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13528 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13529 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
13531 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
13532 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
13541 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
13542 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
13546 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13549 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
13551 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
13553 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
13554 have_address = want_address != 0;
13557 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
13558 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
13560 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
13563 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
13565 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
13566 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
13567 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
13568 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
13570 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
13572 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
13575 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13577 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13578 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13579 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13583 enum machine_mode mode, mem_mode;
13585 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
13586 if (want_address == 2)
13588 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
13589 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13594 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13595 mem_mode = VOIDmode;
13599 mode = get_address_mode (rtl);
13600 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
13603 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, mem_mode,
13604 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13607 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
13608 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
13615 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)))
13619 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13623 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
13624 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
13627 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
13630 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
13632 case COMPONENT_REF:
13633 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
13635 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
13636 case REALPART_EXPR:
13637 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
13640 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
13641 enum machine_mode mode;
13643 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13645 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
13646 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
13648 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
13650 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
13652 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
13653 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
13654 for nonzero bitpos. */
13657 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
13659 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13660 "bitfield access");
13664 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
13666 /* Variable offset. */
13667 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
13668 if (list_ret1 == 0)
13670 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
13673 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13676 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
13678 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
13679 else if (bytepos < 0)
13680 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
13687 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
13688 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
13690 else if (want_address == 2
13691 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
13692 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
13693 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
13694 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
13696 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
13697 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
13700 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13701 "Integer operand is not host integer");
13710 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
13713 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
13714 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13715 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
13718 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
13719 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
13724 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
13729 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
13730 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
13735 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
13736 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
13737 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
13738 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
13739 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
13748 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
13749 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
13750 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
13751 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
13752 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
13757 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13758 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
13759 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
13762 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
13765 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13766 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13767 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13768 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13769 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13781 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
13784 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
13786 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
13788 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13792 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
13800 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
13807 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
13814 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
13821 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
13836 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13837 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
13838 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
13841 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
13844 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13847 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
13861 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13865 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13871 const enum tree_code code =
13872 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
13874 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
13875 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
13876 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
13877 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
13880 /* ... fall through ... */
13884 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
13885 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
13886 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
13887 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
13888 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
13890 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
13891 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
13894 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13895 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
13897 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
13898 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
13899 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
13901 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
13902 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13903 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
13905 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
13906 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
13907 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
13908 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13909 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
13913 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
13917 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
13918 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
13919 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
13920 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
13922 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13923 "language specific tree node");
13927 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13928 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
13929 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
13930 gcc_unreachable ();
13932 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
13933 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
13938 if (!ret && !list_ret)
13941 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
13942 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13944 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13946 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13947 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13951 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13953 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
13954 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13957 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
13958 if (want_address && !have_address)
13960 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13961 "Want address and only have value");
13965 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
13967 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
13968 if (!want_address && have_address)
13970 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13972 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
13974 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13975 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13978 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13981 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
13984 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
13986 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
13989 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
13994 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
13995 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13996 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
13998 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14001 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14003 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14004 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14010 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14011 which is not less than the value itself. */
14013 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14014 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14016 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14019 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14020 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14021 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14022 ERROR_MARK node. */
14025 field_type (const_tree decl)
14029 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14030 return integer_type_node;
14032 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14033 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14034 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14039 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14040 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14041 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14043 static inline unsigned
14044 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14046 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14049 static inline unsigned
14050 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14052 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14055 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14057 static inline double_int
14058 round_up_to_align (double_int t, unsigned int align)
14060 double_int alignd = uhwi_to_double_int (align);
14061 t = double_int_add (t, alignd);
14062 t = double_int_add (t, double_int_minus_one);
14063 t = double_int_div (t, alignd, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR);
14064 t = double_int_mul (t, alignd);
14068 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14069 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14070 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14071 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14072 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14075 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14076 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
14078 double_int object_offset_in_bits;
14079 double_int object_offset_in_bytes;
14080 double_int bitpos_int;
14082 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14085 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
14087 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14088 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14089 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14090 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl)) != INTEGER_CST)
14093 bitpos_int = tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl));
14095 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14096 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
14099 tree field_size_tree;
14100 double_int deepest_bitpos;
14101 double_int field_size_in_bits;
14102 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
14103 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
14104 double_int type_size_in_bits;
14106 type = field_type (decl);
14107 type_size_in_bits = double_int_type_size_in_bits (type);
14108 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
14110 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
14112 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
14113 a flexible array member. */
14114 if (!field_size_tree)
14115 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
14117 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
14118 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) == INTEGER_CST)
14119 field_size_in_bits = tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree);
14121 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
14123 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
14125 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
14126 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
14127 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
14128 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
14129 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
14130 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
14131 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
14132 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
14133 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
14135 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
14137 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
14138 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
14139 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
14140 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
14141 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
14142 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
14143 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
14144 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
14145 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
14146 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
14147 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
14149 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
14150 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
14151 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
14152 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
14153 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
14154 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
14155 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
14156 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
14157 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
14158 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
14161 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
14162 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
14163 must have believed that the containing object started (within
14164 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
14165 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
14166 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
14167 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
14169 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
14170 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
14171 deepest_bitpos = double_int_add (bitpos_int, field_size_in_bits);
14173 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
14174 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
14176 object_offset_in_bits
14177 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits);
14179 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
14181 object_offset_in_bits
14182 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
14184 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits, bitpos_int) > 0)
14186 object_offset_in_bits
14187 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits);
14189 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
14190 object_offset_in_bits
14191 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
14195 #endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */
14196 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
14198 object_offset_in_bytes
14199 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits,
14200 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT), true,
14202 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes);
14205 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
14206 associated with them. */
14208 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
14210 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
14211 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
14212 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
14215 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
14216 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
14220 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
14221 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
14223 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
14226 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
14229 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
14231 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
14232 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
14233 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */
14234 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
14235 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
14236 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
14238 if (dwarf_version == 2
14239 || die->die_parent == NULL
14240 || die->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
14241 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
14243 else if (dwarf_version > 2
14245 && die->die_parent->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
14246 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
14249 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
14250 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
14251 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
14252 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
14253 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
14254 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
14257 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
14258 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
14259 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
14260 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
14261 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
14262 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
14263 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
14264 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
14265 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
14266 function below.) */
14269 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
14271 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
14272 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
14274 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
14276 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
14277 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
14279 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
14280 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
14281 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
14282 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
14284 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
14286 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
14288 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
14290 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
14291 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
14292 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14294 /* Extract the vtable address. */
14295 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
14296 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14298 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
14299 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
14300 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
14302 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
14303 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14304 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
14305 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14307 /* Extract the offset. */
14308 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
14309 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14311 /* Add it to the object address. */
14312 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
14313 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
14316 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
14319 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
14323 if (dwarf_version > 2)
14325 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
14327 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
14329 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
14334 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14336 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
14337 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
14338 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
14340 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
14341 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
14342 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
14346 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
14349 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
14353 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
14356 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
14359 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
14363 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
14369 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
14371 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14372 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
14374 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
14380 val |= *--src & 0xff;
14386 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
14389 insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest)
14391 unsigned char *p0 = dest;
14392 unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
14394 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14400 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
14401 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
14404 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
14407 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
14409 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
14413 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
14414 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
14416 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
14417 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
14419 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
14424 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
14425 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
14426 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
14427 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
14428 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
14431 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
14433 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
14437 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14440 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
14442 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
14447 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
14448 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
14449 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
14452 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14454 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
14456 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14457 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length);
14459 insert_float (rtl, array);
14460 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
14463 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
14464 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
14470 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14471 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
14472 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
14473 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
14474 (length * elt_size);
14478 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
14480 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
14481 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14483 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14484 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
14486 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
14487 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
14490 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
14491 insert_double (val, p);
14496 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
14497 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14499 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14500 insert_float (elt, p);
14505 gcc_unreachable ();
14508 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
14513 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
14515 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
14516 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
14518 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14519 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14520 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14521 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14522 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
14523 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14529 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14530 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
14533 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14536 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
14541 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
14542 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
14543 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
14544 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
14545 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
14546 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
14547 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
14548 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
14549 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
14550 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
14551 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
14559 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
14560 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
14561 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
14563 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
14569 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
14570 gcc_unreachable ();
14575 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
14576 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
14579 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
14580 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14582 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
14583 *walk_subtrees = 0;
14585 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
14586 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
14588 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
14589 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
14590 be conservative. */
14591 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
14592 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
14594 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
14596 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (*tp);
14597 if (!node || !node->needed)
14600 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
14601 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
14603 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
14604 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
14605 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
14606 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
14607 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
14610 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
14616 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
14617 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
14620 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
14622 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
14626 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
14627 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
14628 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
14630 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
14631 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
14632 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
14634 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
14636 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
14637 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
14638 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
14639 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
14640 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
14642 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
14643 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
14644 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
14645 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
14648 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
14650 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
14651 || (TREE_CODE (init) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
14652 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0))))
14653 || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
14655 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
14656 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
14657 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
14658 && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
14660 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
14661 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
14662 reference variables which won't be output. */
14663 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
14664 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
14666 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
14668 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
14669 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
14674 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
14676 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
14677 bool constant_p = true;
14679 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
14681 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
14682 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
14683 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
14684 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
14685 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
14687 constant_p = false;
14693 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
14703 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
14705 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
14706 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
14712 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
14715 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
14719 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
14720 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
14721 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
14723 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
14724 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
14725 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
14726 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
14727 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
14728 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
14729 referenced within the function.
14731 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
14732 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
14733 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
14734 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
14736 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
14737 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
14738 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
14739 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
14740 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
14741 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
14743 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
14744 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
14745 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
14746 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
14747 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
14748 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
14749 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
14750 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
14751 output at debug-time.
14753 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
14754 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
14755 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
14756 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
14757 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
14758 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
14759 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
14760 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
14761 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
14762 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
14763 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
14764 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
14765 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
14767 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
14768 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
14769 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
14770 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
14771 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
14772 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
14773 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
14774 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
14775 I'd like to fix it.
14777 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
14778 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
14779 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
14780 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
14781 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
14782 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
14783 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
14784 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
14785 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
14786 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
14787 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
14789 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
14790 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
14792 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
14793 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
14794 fixed registers. */
14795 if (! reload_completed)
14798 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
14800 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
14802 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
14803 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
14805 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
14810 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
14812 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
14813 || is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
14815 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14816 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)
14817 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
14818 && GET_MODE (rtl) == GET_MODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))))
14820 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14821 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
14822 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
14823 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
14825 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
14826 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
14827 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
14828 if (dmode == pmode)
14829 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
14830 else if ((rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
14831 && SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
14832 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
14833 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
14835 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
14838 else if (MEM_P (inc))
14840 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
14841 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
14842 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
14843 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
14850 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
14851 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
14852 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
14853 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
14854 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
14855 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
14857 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
14858 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
14859 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14860 /* Not passed in memory. */
14861 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
14862 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
14863 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
14864 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
14865 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
14866 #if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
14867 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
14870 /* Big endian correction check. */
14871 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
14872 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
14873 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
14876 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
14877 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
14879 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
14880 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
14883 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
14886 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
14887 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
14889 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
14890 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
14892 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
14893 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
14894 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
14895 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
14896 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
14897 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
14899 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
14900 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
14903 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
14904 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
14905 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
14906 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
14907 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
14910 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
14912 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
14913 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
14914 code, and thus is not emitted. */
14916 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
14918 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
14919 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
14921 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
14922 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
14923 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
14924 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
14925 && DECL_NAME (decl)
14926 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
14927 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
14929 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
14931 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
14932 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
14939 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
14940 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
14941 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
14944 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
14946 tree val_expr, cvar;
14947 enum machine_mode mode;
14948 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
14950 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
14952 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
14953 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
14954 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
14955 be handled as such. */
14956 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
14957 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
14958 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
14962 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
14963 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
14966 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
14967 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
14969 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
14970 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
14971 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
14972 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
14976 if (offset != NULL)
14978 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
14980 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
14983 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14988 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
14989 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
14990 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
14991 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
14992 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
14993 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
14994 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
14995 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
14996 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
14997 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address.
14999 CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL,
15000 so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch.
15001 This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines,
15002 since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */
15005 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl, bool cache_p,
15006 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15009 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15010 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15011 cached_dw_loc_list *cache;
15014 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15017 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15018 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15020 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15023 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15024 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15025 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15028 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15029 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15030 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15031 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15034 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
15035 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
15036 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
15037 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
15039 struct var_loc_node *node;
15041 node = loc_list->first;
15042 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
15043 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
15044 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15045 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15046 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15049 /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its
15050 list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */
15052 if (loc_list == NULL || cached_dw_loc_list_table == NULL)
15056 cache = (cached_dw_loc_list *)
15057 htab_find_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
15059 list = cache->loc_list;
15063 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15064 /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from
15065 BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */
15066 if (cache_p && list && list->dw_loc_next)
15068 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl,
15069 DECL_UID (decl), INSERT);
15070 cache = ggc_alloc_cleared_cached_dw_loc_list ();
15071 cache->decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
15072 cache->loc_list = list;
15078 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15081 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15082 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15083 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15086 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15089 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15091 deferred_locations entry;
15092 entry.variable = variable;
15094 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15097 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15098 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15101 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15105 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15109 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15112 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15113 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15115 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15116 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15118 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15120 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15122 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15124 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15125 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15126 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15127 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15130 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15135 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15136 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15138 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15140 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
15141 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15142 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
15143 constructor_elt *ce;
15145 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
15146 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
15149 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
15150 if (fieldsize <= 0)
15153 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
15154 memset (array, '\0', size);
15155 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
15157 tree val = ce->value;
15158 tree index = ce->index;
15160 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15161 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
15164 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
15169 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15172 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
15173 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15175 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
15176 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
15177 while (count-- > 0)
15180 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
15181 curpos += fieldsize;
15184 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
15188 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
15189 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
15191 tree field = NULL_TREE;
15192 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15193 constructor_elt *ce;
15195 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15198 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
15199 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
15201 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce)
15203 tree val = ce->value;
15204 int pos, fieldsize;
15206 if (ce->index != 0)
15212 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
15215 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
15216 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
15217 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
15219 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
15220 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
15222 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
15223 pos = int_byte_position (field);
15224 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
15226 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15232 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15233 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
15234 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
15236 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
15240 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
15241 attribute is the const value T. */
15244 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
15247 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
15250 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
15254 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
15256 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
15258 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
15259 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
15260 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
15261 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
15263 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
15264 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
15266 unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *)
15267 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size);
15269 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
15271 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
15279 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
15280 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
15281 variable with static storage duration
15282 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
15285 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
15289 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15290 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
15291 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15292 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)))
15295 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
15296 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
15297 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15302 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
15303 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
15306 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
15309 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
15310 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
15311 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
15312 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
15315 static dw_loc_list_ref
15316 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
15320 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
15322 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
15323 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
15324 dw_cfa_location remember;
15327 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
15329 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
15333 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
15334 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
15335 remember = next_cfa;
15337 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
15339 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
15340 advance opcodes. */
15341 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, cie_cfi_vec, ix, cfi)
15342 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
15344 last_cfa = next_cfa;
15345 last_label = start_label;
15347 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index == 0)
15349 /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the
15350 CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */
15351 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15352 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
15353 list_tail =&(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15354 start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
15357 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_cfi_ref, fde->dw_fde_cfi, ix, cfi)
15359 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
15361 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
15362 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
15363 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
15364 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
15365 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
15367 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15368 start_label, last_label, section);
15370 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15371 last_cfa = next_cfa;
15372 start_label = last_label;
15374 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
15377 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
15378 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
15379 gcc_unreachable ();
15382 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
15385 if (ix + 1 == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi_index)
15387 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
15389 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15390 start_label, last_label, section);
15392 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15393 last_cfa = next_cfa;
15394 start_label = last_label;
15396 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15397 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
15398 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15399 start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin;
15403 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
15405 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
15406 start_label, last_label, section);
15407 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
15408 start_label = last_label;
15411 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
15413 fde->dw_fde_second_begin
15414 ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end,
15417 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
15423 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
15424 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
15425 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
15426 before the latter is negated. */
15429 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
15433 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
15434 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
15435 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
15437 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
15438 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
15441 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
15442 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
15444 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
15445 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
15448 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
15450 /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame
15451 in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't
15452 directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around
15453 this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for
15454 frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. */
15455 frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid
15456 = ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
15457 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
15458 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
15459 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
15460 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
15461 : stack_pointer_rtx));
15464 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
15465 the value of the attribute. */
15468 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
15470 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
15472 if (demangle_name_func)
15473 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
15475 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
15479 /* Retrieve the descriptive type of TYPE, if any, make sure it has a
15480 DIE and attach a DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type attribute to the DIE
15481 of TYPE accordingly.
15483 ??? This is a temporary measure until after we're able to generate
15484 regular DWARF for the complex Ada type system. */
15487 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree type,
15488 dw_die_ref context_die)
15491 dw_die_ref dtype_die;
15493 if (!lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type)
15496 dtype = lang_hooks.types.descriptive_type (type);
15500 dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
15503 gen_type_die (dtype, context_die);
15504 dtype_die = lookup_type_die (dtype);
15505 gcc_assert (dtype_die);
15508 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type, dtype_die);
15511 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
15514 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
15516 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
15522 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
15526 wdlen = strlen (wd);
15527 wd1 = (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen + 2);
15529 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
15530 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
15534 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
15537 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
15541 lower_bound_default (void)
15543 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language))
15548 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
15550 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
15553 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
15554 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
15555 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
15559 case DW_LANG_Python:
15560 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
15561 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
15562 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
15563 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
15564 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
15565 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
15566 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
15568 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
15574 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
15575 a representation for that bound. */
15578 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
15580 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
15585 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
15588 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
15591 /* Use the default if possible. */
15592 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
15593 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
15594 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
15595 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
15598 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
15599 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
15600 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
15601 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
15603 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
15604 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
15605 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
15606 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
15608 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
15609 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
15610 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
15611 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
15613 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
15614 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
15619 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15620 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
15630 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
15632 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
15633 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
15634 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
15635 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
15636 later parameter. */
15637 if (decl_die != NULL)
15639 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
15647 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
15648 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
15650 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
15651 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15653 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
15654 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
15656 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
15657 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
15658 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
15659 If that fails to give a single element list,
15660 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
15661 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
15662 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
15664 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
15671 if (current_function_decl == 0)
15672 ctx = comp_unit_die ();
15674 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
15676 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
15677 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
15678 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
15679 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
15680 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
15686 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
15687 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
15688 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
15689 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
15692 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
15694 unsigned dimension_number;
15696 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
15698 for (dimension_number = 0;
15699 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
15700 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
15702 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15704 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
15707 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
15708 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
15710 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
15713 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
15714 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
15715 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
15717 /* Define the index type. */
15718 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
15720 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
15721 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
15722 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
15723 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
15724 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
15725 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
15726 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
15729 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
15733 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
15734 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
15736 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
15737 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
15738 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
15740 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
15742 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
15745 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
15746 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
15752 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
15756 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
15761 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
15764 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
15765 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
15768 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
15769 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
15770 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
15771 even for bit-fields. */
15772 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15775 gcc_unreachable ();
15778 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
15779 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
15780 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
15781 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
15782 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
15785 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
15786 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
15787 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
15790 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15791 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15792 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15793 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
15794 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
15795 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
15797 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
15798 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
15799 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
15802 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15804 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
15805 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15806 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15807 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
15808 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
15809 HOST_WIDE_INT bit_offset;
15811 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
15812 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15814 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
15815 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
15816 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
15817 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
15818 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
15821 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15823 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
15824 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
15825 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
15826 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
15827 below must take account of these differences. */
15828 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
15829 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
15831 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15833 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
15834 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15838 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15839 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
15840 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
15842 if (bit_offset < 0)
15843 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
15845 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bit_offset);
15848 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
15849 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
15852 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15854 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
15855 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
15856 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
15858 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
15859 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
15862 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
15863 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
15866 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
15868 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
15869 && prototype_p (func_type))
15870 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
15873 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
15874 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
15877 static inline dw_die_ref
15878 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
15880 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
15882 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
15884 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
15885 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
15886 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
15888 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
15889 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
15893 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
15895 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
15897 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
15900 if (DECL_P (origin))
15901 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
15902 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
15903 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
15905 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
15906 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
15907 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
15908 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
15909 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
15910 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
15911 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
15915 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
15919 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
15922 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
15924 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
15926 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
15928 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
15929 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
15930 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
15931 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
15934 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
15935 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
15936 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
15937 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
15938 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
15942 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
15943 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
15944 standardized it. */
15947 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15949 const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
15951 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
15952 if (name[0] == '*')
15955 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
15956 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_linkage_name, name);
15958 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, name);
15961 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
15964 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15966 expanded_location s;
15968 if (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl) == UNKNOWN_LOCATION)
15970 s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
15971 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
15972 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
15975 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
15978 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15980 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
15981 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
15982 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
15983 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
15984 && die->die_tag != DW_TAG_member)
15986 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
15987 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
15989 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
15991 asm_name = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
15992 asm_name->die = die;
15993 asm_name->created_for = decl;
15994 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
15995 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
15997 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
15998 add_linkage_attr (die, decl);
16002 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16003 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16006 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16010 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16011 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16013 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16015 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16016 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16017 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16019 add_linkage_name (die, decl);
16022 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16023 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16024 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16025 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16027 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16028 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16029 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16031 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
16034 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16035 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
16038 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
16040 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
16043 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
16044 die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
16045 die->die_tag = DW_TAG_subprogram;
16046 add_name_attribute (die, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER);
16047 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL,
16048 current_function_funcdef_no);
16049 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
16051 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */
16052 die->die_parent = comp_unit_die ();
16053 if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child)
16055 die->die_sib = comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib;
16056 comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib = die;
16060 die->die_sib = die;
16061 comp_unit_die ()->die_child = die;
16064 #endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */
16066 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16069 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16071 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16074 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16077 pop_decl_scope (void)
16079 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16082 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16083 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16084 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16085 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16086 the current active scope. */
16089 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16091 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16092 tree containing_scope;
16095 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16096 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16098 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16100 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16101 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16103 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16106 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16109 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16110 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16111 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16112 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16113 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16115 if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope))
16116 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
16117 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16119 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16120 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16121 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16122 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16123 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16128 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16129 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16130 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
16131 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
16132 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16134 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16135 if (scope_die == NULL)
16136 scope_die = comp_unit_die ();
16139 scope_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope);
16142 scope_die = context_die;
16147 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16150 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16152 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16153 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16154 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16160 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16163 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16165 return (context_die
16166 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16167 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16168 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16169 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16172 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16173 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16176 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16178 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16179 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16182 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16183 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16184 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16187 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16188 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16190 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16191 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16193 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16194 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16195 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16196 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16197 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16198 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16199 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16201 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16202 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16203 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16204 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16205 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16208 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16209 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16210 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16213 if (type_die != NULL)
16214 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16217 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16218 function call type. */
16220 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16222 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16224 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16225 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16228 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16230 /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16231 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16232 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16233 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for
16234 a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has
16235 DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still
16236 rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */
16237 value = DW_CC_program;
16239 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16240 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_main_subprogram, 1);
16243 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16244 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16245 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16246 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16249 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16250 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16251 was declared without a tag. */
16253 static const char *
16254 type_tag (const_tree type)
16256 const char *name = 0;
16258 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16262 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16263 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
16264 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type))
16265 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16267 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16268 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16270 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16271 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16273 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16274 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16275 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16276 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16277 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type))
16278 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16279 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16282 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16283 if (!name && t != 0)
16284 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16287 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16290 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16291 for bit field types. */
16294 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16296 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16297 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16300 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16301 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16304 static const char *
16305 decl_start_label (tree decl)
16308 const char *fnname;
16310 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
16311 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
16314 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
16316 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
16321 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16322 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16323 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16326 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16328 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16329 dw_die_ref array_die;
16331 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16332 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16333 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16334 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16335 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16336 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16337 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16338 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16339 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16341 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
16344 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16345 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16346 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
16347 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16349 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
16351 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16353 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
16354 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16355 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16356 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
16358 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16359 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
16360 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
16361 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
16363 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
16364 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
16366 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
16367 if (loc && size > 0)
16369 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
16370 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16371 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16377 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
16378 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
16379 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
16380 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
16383 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16384 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
16385 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
16388 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
16389 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16390 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16392 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16393 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
16395 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
16397 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16398 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16399 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
16400 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
16403 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
16404 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
16405 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
16406 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
16407 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
16408 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
16409 for multidimensional arrays. */
16410 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
16413 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16414 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
16415 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
16416 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16417 && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
16418 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
16421 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16423 /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */
16424 dw_die_ref subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
16425 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, size_zero_node);
16426 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
16427 size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type) - 1));
16430 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
16432 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
16433 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
16434 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
16435 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
16436 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16438 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
16440 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
16443 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16444 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
16447 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
16449 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (array_die, type, context_die);
16450 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
16451 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16453 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
16454 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
16457 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16458 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
16460 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16461 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
16462 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
16464 if (val == base_decl)
16465 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
16467 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
16470 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16472 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
16474 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
16475 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
16478 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
16481 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16484 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16485 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
16487 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
16489 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
16491 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
16492 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
16495 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16498 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
16504 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16507 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
16510 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
16511 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
16533 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
16534 tree val, tree base_decl)
16536 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
16538 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
16540 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
16544 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
16548 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
16551 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
16552 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
16555 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
16556 dw_die_ref context_die)
16558 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16559 dw_die_ref array_die;
16562 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
16563 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16564 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16566 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
16568 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
16569 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
16571 if (info->data_location)
16572 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
16574 if (info->associated)
16575 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
16577 if (info->allocated)
16578 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
16581 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
16583 dw_die_ref subrange_die
16584 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
16586 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
16588 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
16591 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
16592 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16593 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
16596 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
16597 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
16600 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
16601 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
16602 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
16604 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
16605 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
16606 info->dimen[dim].stride,
16610 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
16611 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
16613 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
16614 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
16619 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
16621 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
16622 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
16624 if (origin != NULL)
16625 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
16628 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
16629 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16630 0, 0, context_die);
16633 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
16634 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
16636 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
16640 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
16641 emit full debugging info for them. */
16644 retry_incomplete_types (void)
16648 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
16649 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
16650 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
16651 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die ());
16654 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
16656 static enum dwarf_tag
16657 record_type_tag (tree type)
16659 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
16660 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
16662 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
16664 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
16665 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
16667 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
16668 return DW_TAG_class_type;
16670 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
16671 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
16672 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
16673 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
16676 gcc_unreachable ();
16680 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
16681 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
16682 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
16686 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16688 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
16690 if (type_die == NULL)
16692 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
16693 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
16694 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
16695 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
16696 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
16698 if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
16699 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
16700 if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type))
16701 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
16704 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
16707 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
16709 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
16710 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
16711 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
16712 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
16716 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
16717 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
16718 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
16720 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
16721 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
16724 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
16725 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
16726 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
16727 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
16729 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
16730 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
16732 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
16733 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
16735 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
16736 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
16738 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
16739 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
16741 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
16742 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
16743 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
16744 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
16745 values as if they were signed. That means that
16746 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
16747 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
16748 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
16749 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
16752 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
16753 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
16754 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16757 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
16759 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
16760 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
16765 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
16766 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
16769 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
16770 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
16771 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
16772 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
16773 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
16774 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
16775 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
16776 argument type of some subprogram type.
16777 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
16781 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
16782 dw_die_ref context_die)
16784 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
16785 tree ultimate_origin;
16786 dw_die_ref parm_die
16787 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
16789 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
16791 case tcc_declaration:
16792 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
16793 if (node || ultimate_origin)
16794 origin = ultimate_origin;
16795 if (origin != NULL)
16796 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
16797 else if (emit_name_p)
16798 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
16800 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin)
16801 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin),
16802 decl_function_context
16803 (node_or_origin))))
16805 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin);
16806 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin))
16807 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
16810 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
16811 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin),
16812 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin),
16815 if (origin == NULL && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
16816 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16818 if (node && node != origin)
16819 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
16820 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
16821 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
16822 node == NULL, DW_AT_location);
16827 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
16828 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
16832 gcc_unreachable ();
16838 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
16839 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
16842 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
16843 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
16844 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
16845 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
16846 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
16847 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
16850 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
16852 dw_die_ref subr_die,
16856 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
16858 gcc_assert (parm_pack
16859 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
16862 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
16863 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
16865 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg))
16867 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
16870 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
16871 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
16876 return parm_pack_die;
16879 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
16880 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
16883 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16885 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
16888 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
16889 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
16890 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
16891 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
16894 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16897 tree formal_type = NULL;
16898 tree first_parm_type;
16901 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
16903 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
16904 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
16909 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
16911 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
16912 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
16913 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
16915 dw_die_ref parm_die;
16917 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
16918 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
16921 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
16922 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
16923 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
16925 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
16926 && link == first_parm_type)
16928 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16929 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
16930 add_AT_die_ref (context_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
16932 else if (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg))
16933 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16935 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
16937 arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg);
16940 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
16941 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
16942 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
16943 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
16945 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
16946 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
16947 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
16948 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
16949 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
16950 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
16953 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
16954 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
16955 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
16956 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
16957 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
16960 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
16962 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
16964 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
16965 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
16966 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
16967 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
16968 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
16970 dw_die_ref type_die;
16971 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
16973 push_decl_scope (type);
16974 type_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type);
16975 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
16976 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
16977 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
16979 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
16980 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
16981 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
16982 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
16983 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
16985 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
16986 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
16990 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
16996 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
16997 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17000 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17002 dw_die_ref old_die;
17006 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17007 htab_t old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
17008 int old_call_site_count, old_tail_call_site_count;
17009 struct call_arg_loc_node *old_call_arg_locations;
17011 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17012 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17014 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17015 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17016 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17019 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17020 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17021 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17022 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17023 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17024 old_cached_dw_loc_list_table = cached_dw_loc_list_table;
17025 cached_dw_loc_list_table = NULL;
17026 old_call_arg_locations = call_arg_locations;
17027 call_arg_locations = NULL;
17028 old_call_site_count = call_site_count;
17029 call_site_count = -1;
17030 old_tail_call_site_count = tail_call_site_count;
17031 tail_call_site_count = -1;
17033 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17034 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17035 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17037 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17039 gen_type_die_for_member
17040 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die ());
17043 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17044 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17045 current_function_decl = decl;
17046 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17048 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17049 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17050 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17051 if (! was_abstract)
17052 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17054 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17055 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17056 cached_dw_loc_list_table = old_cached_dw_loc_list_table;
17057 call_arg_locations = old_call_arg_locations;
17058 call_site_count = old_call_site_count;
17059 tail_call_site_count = old_tail_call_site_count;
17063 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17066 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17067 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17070 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17075 type = (tree) *slot;
17076 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17078 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17082 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17083 through htab_traverse.
17085 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17086 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17087 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17090 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17091 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17093 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17096 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17097 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17098 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17099 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17102 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17103 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17104 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (entry->var_decl);
17105 if (node && node->needed)
17107 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17108 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17109 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17110 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17116 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17119 premark_used_types (void)
17121 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17122 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17125 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17128 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17130 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17131 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17132 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17135 /* Generate a DW_TAG_GNU_call_site DIE in function DECL under SUBR_DIE
17136 for CA_LOC call arg loc node. */
17139 gen_call_site_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref subr_die,
17140 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc)
17142 dw_die_ref stmt_die = NULL, die;
17143 tree block = ca_loc->block;
17146 && block != DECL_INITIAL (decl)
17147 && TREE_CODE (block) == BLOCK)
17149 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) > BLOCK_NUMBER (block))
17150 stmt_die = VEC_index (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (block));
17153 block = BLOCK_SUPERCONTEXT (block);
17155 if (stmt_die == NULL)
17156 stmt_die = subr_die;
17157 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site, stmt_die, NULL_TREE);
17158 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, ca_loc->label);
17159 if (ca_loc->tail_call_p)
17160 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_GNU_tail_call, 1);
17161 if (ca_loc->symbol_ref)
17163 dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (ca_loc->symbol_ref));
17165 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, tdie);
17167 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, ca_loc->symbol_ref);
17172 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17176 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17178 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17179 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17181 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17182 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17183 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17185 premark_used_types ();
17187 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17188 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17189 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17190 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17191 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17193 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17194 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17197 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17200 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17201 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17202 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17203 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17204 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17205 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17206 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17208 if (origin != NULL)
17210 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17212 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17213 inline function. */
17214 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17215 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17217 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17218 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17219 /* This is where the actual code for a cloned function is.
17220 Let's emit linkage name attribute for it. This helps
17221 debuggers to e.g, set breakpoints into
17222 constructors/destructors when the user asks "break
17224 add_linkage_name (subr_die, decl);
17228 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17229 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17231 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17232 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17233 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17234 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17235 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17237 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17238 something we have already output. */
17242 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17243 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17244 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17245 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17246 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17247 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17248 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17249 if ((is_cu_die (old_die->die_parent) || context_die == NULL)
17250 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17251 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17252 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17253 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17255 subr_die = old_die;
17257 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17258 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17259 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17260 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17261 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17262 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17263 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer);
17264 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17268 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17269 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17270 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17271 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17272 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17273 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17278 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17280 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17281 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17283 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17284 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17286 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17287 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17288 0, 0, context_die);
17291 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17292 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17293 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17295 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17300 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17302 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17304 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17305 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17306 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17307 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17308 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17310 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17311 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17312 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17313 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17315 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17316 later reused to represent definition. */
17317 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17320 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17322 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17324 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17325 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17327 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17331 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17332 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17334 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17337 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17338 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17339 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17341 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17343 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17345 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17347 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17348 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17350 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17352 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
17353 if (fde->dw_fde_begin)
17355 /* We have already generated the labels. */
17356 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin);
17357 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end);
17361 /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */
17362 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17363 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17364 current_function_funcdef_no);
17365 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17366 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17367 current_function_funcdef_no);
17368 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17371 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17372 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
17373 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
17374 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
17375 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
17376 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
17377 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
17378 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
17379 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
17380 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
17381 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
17382 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
17385 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue)
17386 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_prologue,
17387 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue);
17389 if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue)
17390 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_epilogue,
17391 fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue);
17395 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17399 /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code ranges. */
17400 dw_fde_ref fde = cfun->fde;
17402 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin)
17404 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17406 /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section
17407 addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial
17408 section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an
17409 alignment offset. */
17410 bool range_list_added = false;
17411 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
17412 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
17413 add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
17414 fde->dw_fde_second_end,
17415 &range_list_added);
17416 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17417 if (range_list_added)
17422 /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make
17423 a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment
17424 containing the function label. Then make and emit a
17425 simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the
17426 name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same
17427 linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both
17428 sections when given "b foo". */
17429 const char *name = NULL;
17430 tree decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
17431 dw_die_ref seg_die;
17433 /* Do the 'primary' section. */
17434 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
17435 fde->dw_fde_begin);
17436 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
17439 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17441 /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */
17442 seg_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram,
17443 subr_die->die_parent, decl);
17445 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17446 add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17448 if (decl_name != NULL
17449 && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
17451 name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
17452 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17453 add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die, decl);
17455 add_linkage_name (seg_die, decl);
17457 gcc_assert (name != NULL);
17458 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die, decl);
17459 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17460 add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17462 name = concat ("__second_sect_of_", name, NULL);
17463 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_low_pc,
17464 fde->dw_fde_second_begin);
17465 add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_high_pc,
17466 fde->dw_fde_second_end);
17467 add_name_attribute (seg_die, name);
17468 add_pubname_string (name, seg_die);
17473 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin);
17474 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end);
17475 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17479 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17480 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17481 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, cfun->fde->fde_index);
17484 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17486 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17487 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17488 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17489 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17490 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17491 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17492 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17494 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
17496 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
17497 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
17501 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
17502 if (list->dw_loc_next)
17503 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
17505 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
17508 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17509 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17510 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17511 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17512 by this displacement. */
17513 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
17515 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
17516 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
17517 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
17520 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17521 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17522 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
17524 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17525 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17526 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17527 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17528 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17529 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17530 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17531 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17532 an ellipsis at the end. */
17534 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17535 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17536 its formal parameters. */
17537 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17539 else if (declaration)
17540 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
17543 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17544 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
17545 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
17546 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
17547 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
17550 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17551 emit their relevant DIEs.
17553 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17554 as well as it being a normal function.
17556 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17557 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17558 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
17559 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
17560 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
17561 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
17562 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
17563 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
17564 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
17567 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
17568 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
17570 if (generic_decl_parm
17571 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
17572 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
17577 dw_die_ref parm_die = gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
17579 if (parm == DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl)
17580 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == METHOD_TYPE
17582 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17583 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die);
17585 parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm);
17588 if (generic_decl_parm)
17589 generic_decl_parm = DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
17592 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
17593 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
17594 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
17595 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
17596 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
17597 parameters at all. */
17598 if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
17600 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
17601 if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
17602 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
17604 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
17605 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
17608 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
17609 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
17610 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
17612 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
17613 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
17614 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
17615 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
17616 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
17617 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
17618 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
17620 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
17621 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
17622 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
17623 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
17624 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
17625 constructor function. */
17626 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
17628 int call_site_note_count = 0;
17629 int tail_call_site_note_count = 0;
17631 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
17632 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
17633 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
17635 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
17636 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
17638 if (call_arg_locations && !dwarf_strict)
17640 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc;
17641 for (ca_loc = call_arg_locations; ca_loc; ca_loc = ca_loc->next)
17643 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
17644 rtx tloc = NULL_RTX, tlocc = NULL_RTX;
17647 for (arg = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note);
17648 arg; arg = next_arg)
17650 dw_loc_descr_ref reg, val;
17651 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1));
17652 dw_die_ref cdie, tdie = NULL;
17654 next_arg = XEXP (arg, 1);
17655 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
17657 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0))
17658 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0))
17659 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
17660 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (next_arg, 0), 0), 0)))
17661 next_arg = XEXP (next_arg, 1);
17662 if (mode == VOIDmode)
17664 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
17665 if (mode == VOIDmode)
17666 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (arg, 0));
17668 if (mode == VOIDmode || mode == BLKmode)
17670 if (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
17672 gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
17673 tloc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
17676 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)) == CLOBBER
17677 && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0), 0) == pc_rtx)
17679 gcc_assert (ca_loc->symbol_ref == NULL_RTX);
17680 tlocc = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1);
17684 if (REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
17685 reg = reg_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0),
17686 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17687 else if (MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0)))
17689 rtx mem = XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0);
17690 reg = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (mem, 0),
17691 get_address_mode (mem),
17693 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17695 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
17696 == DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF)
17699 = DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF_DECL (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0));
17700 tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
17707 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 0))
17708 != DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF)
17710 val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 0), 1), mode,
17712 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17716 die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
17717 cdie = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_call_site_parameter, die,
17720 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_location, reg);
17721 else if (tdie != NULL)
17722 add_AT_die_ref (cdie, DW_AT_abstract_origin, tdie);
17723 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_value, val);
17724 if (next_arg != XEXP (arg, 1))
17726 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 1));
17727 if (mode == VOIDmode)
17728 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1), 0), 0));
17729 val = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (arg, 1),
17732 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17734 add_AT_loc (cdie, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_data_value, val);
17738 && (ca_loc->symbol_ref || tloc))
17739 die = gen_call_site_die (decl, subr_die, ca_loc);
17740 if (die != NULL && (tloc != NULL_RTX || tlocc != NULL_RTX))
17742 dw_loc_descr_ref tval = NULL;
17744 if (tloc != NULL_RTX)
17745 tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tloc,
17746 GET_MODE (tloc) == VOIDmode
17747 ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tloc),
17749 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17751 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target, tval);
17752 else if (tlocc != NULL_RTX)
17754 tval = mem_loc_descriptor (tlocc,
17755 GET_MODE (tlocc) == VOIDmode
17756 ? Pmode : GET_MODE (tlocc),
17758 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
17760 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_GNU_call_site_target_clobbered,
17766 call_site_note_count++;
17767 if (ca_loc->tail_call_p)
17768 tail_call_site_note_count++;
17772 call_arg_locations = NULL;
17773 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
17774 if (tail_call_site_count >= 0
17775 && tail_call_site_count == tail_call_site_note_count
17778 if (call_site_count >= 0
17779 && call_site_count == call_site_note_count)
17780 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_all_call_sites, 1);
17782 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_GNU_all_tail_call_sites, 1);
17784 call_site_count = -1;
17785 tail_call_site_count = -1;
17787 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
17788 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17792 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
17795 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
17797 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
17798 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
17801 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
17802 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
17805 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
17807 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
17808 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
17809 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
17812 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
17813 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
17816 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
17820 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
17821 tree ultimate_origin;
17822 dw_die_ref var_die;
17823 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
17824 dw_die_ref origin_die;
17825 bool declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
17826 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17827 bool specialization_p = false;
17829 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
17830 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
17831 origin = ultimate_origin;
17832 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
17834 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
17835 of a data member. */
17838 dw_die_ref com_die;
17839 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
17840 die_node com_die_arg;
17842 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
17845 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
17847 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
17852 /* Optimize the common case. */
17853 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
17854 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
17855 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
17856 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
17858 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
17859 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
17861 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
17863 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17864 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17870 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
17871 common_block_die_table
17872 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
17873 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
17875 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
17876 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
17877 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
17878 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
17879 if (com_die == NULL)
17882 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
17885 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
17886 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
17889 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17890 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
17891 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
17892 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
17894 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17895 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17896 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
17897 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
17898 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
17899 *slot = (void *) com_die;
17901 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
17903 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17904 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
17905 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17907 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
17908 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
17909 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
17910 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
17911 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17916 /* Optimize the common case. */
17917 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
17918 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
17919 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
17920 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
17921 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
17922 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
17924 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
17926 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17928 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17929 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17930 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
17934 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
17935 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
17936 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
17937 inside functions, though. */
17938 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
17941 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
17942 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
17943 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
17944 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
17945 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
17947 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
17950 if (origin != NULL)
17951 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
17953 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
17954 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
17956 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
17957 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
17960 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
17962 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
17963 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
17964 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
17966 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
17967 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
17969 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
17970 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
17971 specialization_p = true;
17972 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
17974 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17975 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17977 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17978 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17980 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17981 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17983 if (old_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_member)
17984 add_linkage_name (var_die, decl);
17988 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
17990 if ((origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
17992 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
17993 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin),
17994 decl_function_context
17995 (decl_or_origin))))
17997 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin);
17999 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
18000 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18002 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin),
18003 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
18006 if (origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
18008 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18009 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18011 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18012 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18014 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die, decl);
18018 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18020 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration || old_die == NULL))
18021 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18024 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18025 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18026 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18028 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18029 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18030 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18031 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18032 to add it again. */
18033 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18035 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18036 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18037 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18039 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl_or_origin,
18040 decl == NULL, DW_AT_location);
18041 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18044 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18047 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18050 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18052 dw_die_ref const_die;
18053 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18055 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18056 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18057 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18058 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18059 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18060 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18061 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18062 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18065 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18068 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18070 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18071 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18073 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18075 if (origin != NULL)
18076 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18078 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18080 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18081 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18084 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18086 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18087 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18088 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18092 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18094 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18095 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18096 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18097 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18098 it if it ever does happen. */
18099 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18102 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18106 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
18107 && CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn) != -1)
18109 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LDL", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18110 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18115 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18116 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18117 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18120 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18122 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18124 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18126 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18127 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18132 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18133 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18136 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18138 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18140 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18141 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18145 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18147 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18148 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18149 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18152 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18154 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18157 add_ranges (chain);
18158 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18165 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18166 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18167 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18168 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18169 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18170 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18174 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18177 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18179 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18181 if (call_arg_locations)
18183 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt))
18184 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map,
18185 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt) + 1);
18186 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt), stmt_die);
18189 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18190 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18192 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18195 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18198 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18202 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18204 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18206 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18208 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18209 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18210 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18211 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18212 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18214 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18216 dw_die_ref subr_die
18217 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18219 if (call_arg_locations)
18221 if (VEC_length (dw_die_ref, block_map) <= BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt))
18222 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map,
18223 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt) + 1);
18224 VEC_replace (dw_die_ref, block_map, BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt), subr_die);
18226 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18227 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18228 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18229 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18231 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18232 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18236 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18239 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18241 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18243 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18246 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18247 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18248 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18249 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18252 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18254 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18255 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18256 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18259 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18260 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18262 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18263 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18265 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18267 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18268 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18272 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18273 Use modified_type_die instead.
18274 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18275 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18278 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18281 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18283 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18284 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18285 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18288 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18289 Use modified_type_die instead.
18290 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18291 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18294 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18296 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18298 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
18299 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18301 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
18303 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18304 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18305 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18309 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18312 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18315 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18316 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18318 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18319 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18320 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18321 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18324 typedef const char *dchar_p; /* For DEF_VEC_P. */
18325 DEF_VEC_P(dchar_p);
18326 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dchar_p,heap);
18328 static char *producer_string;
18330 /* Return a heap allocated producer string including command line options
18331 if -grecord-gcc-switches. */
18334 gen_producer_string (void)
18337 VEC(dchar_p, heap) *switches = NULL;
18338 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18339 char *producer, *tail;
18341 size_t len = dwarf_record_gcc_switches ? 0 : 3;
18342 size_t plen = strlen (language_string) + 1 + strlen (version_string);
18344 for (j = 1; dwarf_record_gcc_switches && j < save_decoded_options_count; j++)
18345 switch (save_decoded_options[j].opt_index)
18352 case OPT_auxbase_strip:
18361 case OPT_SPECIAL_unknown:
18362 case OPT_SPECIAL_ignore:
18363 case OPT_SPECIAL_program_name:
18364 case OPT_SPECIAL_input_file:
18365 case OPT_grecord_gcc_switches:
18366 case OPT_gno_record_gcc_switches:
18367 case OPT__output_pch_:
18368 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_location_:
18369 case OPT_fdiagnostics_show_option:
18370 case OPT_fverbose_asm:
18372 case OPT__sysroot_:
18374 case OPT_nostdinc__:
18375 /* Ignore these. */
18378 gcc_checking_assert (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0][0]
18380 switch (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0][1])
18387 if (strncmp (save_decoded_options[j].canonical_option[0] + 2,
18394 VEC_safe_push (dchar_p, heap, switches,
18395 save_decoded_options[j].orig_option_with_args_text);
18396 len += strlen (save_decoded_options[j].orig_option_with_args_text) + 1;
18400 producer = XNEWVEC (char, plen + 1 + len + 1);
18402 sprintf (tail, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18405 if (!dwarf_record_gcc_switches)
18407 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18408 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the
18409 producer string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3;
18410 if they do not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches
18411 the conclusion that the object file is stripped and has no debugging
18412 information. To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is
18413 debugging information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer
18415 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18417 memcpy (tail, " -g", 3);
18423 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dchar_p, switches, j, p)
18427 memcpy (tail + 1, p, len);
18432 VEC_free (dchar_p, heap, switches);
18436 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18439 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18442 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18445 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18449 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18450 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18451 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18452 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18455 if (producer_string == NULL)
18456 producer_string = gen_producer_string ();
18457 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer_string);
18459 /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use
18460 from the global list of translation units. */
18461 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0)
18465 const char *common_lang = NULL;
18467 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, all_translation_units, i, t)
18469 if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t))
18472 common_lang = TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t);
18473 else if (strcmp (common_lang, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t)) == 0)
18475 else if (strncmp (common_lang, "GNU C", 5) == 0
18476 && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t), "GNU C", 5) == 0)
18477 /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */
18478 common_lang = "GNU C++";
18481 /* Fall back to C. */
18482 common_lang = NULL;
18488 language_string = common_lang;
18491 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18492 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18493 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18494 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18495 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18496 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18497 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18498 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18500 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18501 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18502 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18503 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18504 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18505 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18506 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18507 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18508 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18509 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18510 else if (dwarf_version >= 5 || !dwarf_strict)
18512 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Go") == 0)
18513 language = DW_LANG_Go;
18517 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18521 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
18522 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
18523 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
18524 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
18525 lowercases everything. */
18526 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
18529 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
18535 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18538 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18540 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18542 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18543 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18545 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18546 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18548 /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type
18549 children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2
18550 the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */
18551 if (access == access_public_node)
18553 if (dwarf_version == 2
18554 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type)
18555 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18557 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18558 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18559 else if (dwarf_version > 2
18560 && context_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
18561 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18564 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18567 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18570 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18573 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18574 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18575 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18576 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18577 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18578 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18579 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18580 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18581 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18582 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18583 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18585 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18588 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18592 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18593 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18594 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18595 : access_public_node), context_die);
18598 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18599 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
18601 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18602 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18603 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18604 do put them in the right order. */
18606 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18608 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18610 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18613 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18614 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member))
18616 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18617 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18620 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18622 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18624 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18628 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18629 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18630 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18633 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18634 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18636 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18637 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18639 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18640 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18641 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18642 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18643 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18645 if (type_die && ! complete)
18648 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18649 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18650 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18653 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18655 if (! type_die || (nested && is_cu_die (scope_die)))
18656 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18658 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18660 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18661 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18663 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18665 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18667 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18670 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18672 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18673 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18674 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18675 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type);
18677 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18678 then give a list of members. */
18679 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18681 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18682 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18683 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18684 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18685 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18687 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18688 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18691 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18692 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18693 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18694 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18696 push_decl_scope (type);
18697 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18700 add_gnat_descriptive_type_attribute (type_die, type, context_die);
18701 if (TYPE_ARTIFICIAL (type))
18702 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18704 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18705 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18707 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18709 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18710 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18711 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18716 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18718 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18719 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18720 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18721 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18724 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18725 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18728 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18731 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18733 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18734 dw_die_ref subr_die
18735 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18736 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18738 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18739 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18740 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18741 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18743 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18744 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18747 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18750 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18752 dw_die_ref type_die;
18755 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18758 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18759 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18760 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18761 if (origin != NULL)
18762 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18767 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18768 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18770 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18772 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18773 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18777 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18779 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18781 /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
18782 an anonymous type, e.g:
18783 typedef struct {...} foo;
18784 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
18785 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
18786 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
18789 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
18790 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
18791 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
18792 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
18793 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
18794 anonymous struct DIE. */
18795 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18796 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18798 /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a
18799 DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the
18800 anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute
18801 is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous
18802 struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of
18803 this debug info. */
18804 add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type), decl);
18808 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18809 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18811 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl))
18812 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
18813 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
18815 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18817 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, decl);
18820 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18821 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18823 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18824 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18827 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
18830 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type,
18831 dw_die_ref context_die,
18832 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18836 if (type == NULL_TREE
18837 || !is_tagged_type (type))
18840 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18841 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18842 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
18843 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
18844 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
18845 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
18846 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
18847 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18848 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
18850 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
18852 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18855 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
18856 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18857 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18860 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18861 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
18863 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
18864 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
18865 decls_for_scope. */
18866 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18867 /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the
18869 if (context_die && is_declaration_die (context_die))
18870 context_die = NULL;
18875 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
18879 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
18881 /* This might have been written out by the call to
18882 declare_in_namespace. */
18883 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18884 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
18887 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
18892 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
18893 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
18894 when appropriate. */
18897 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18900 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18901 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18903 struct array_descr_info info;
18905 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18908 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL_TREE
18909 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18910 && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type))
18911 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18912 /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug
18913 info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef.
18914 This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++
18916 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type));
18918 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18919 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18920 if (typedef_variant_p (type))
18922 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18925 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18926 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18928 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18929 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18930 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (TYPE_NAME (type))
18931 || (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18932 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18933 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18935 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18937 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18941 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
18942 generate debug info for the typedef. */
18943 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18945 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18946 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18947 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18948 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18949 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18951 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18955 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18956 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18957 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18958 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18959 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18961 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18962 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18966 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18967 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18968 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18969 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18970 cloned type itself). */
18971 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18972 type = type_main_variant (type);
18974 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18977 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
18983 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
18984 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18985 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18986 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18987 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18989 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18991 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18992 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18993 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18994 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18998 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18999 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19000 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19001 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19003 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19004 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19005 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19007 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19009 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19012 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19013 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19014 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19015 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19016 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19020 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19021 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19022 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19023 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19027 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19031 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19034 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19037 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19038 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19044 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19047 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19052 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
19054 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19055 if (type_die == NULL)
19057 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
19058 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
19059 name = DECL_NAME (name);
19060 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die (), type);
19061 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19062 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19068 gcc_unreachable ();
19071 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19075 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19077 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19080 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19081 things which are local to the given block. */
19084 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19086 int must_output_die = 0;
19089 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19090 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19093 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19095 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19096 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19097 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19098 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19102 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19103 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19108 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19111 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19112 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19113 must_output_die = 1;
19116 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19117 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19118 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19119 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19120 as being a "significant" one. */
19121 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19122 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19123 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19124 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19125 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19126 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19127 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19128 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19129 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19130 must_output_die = 1;
19133 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19134 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19135 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19136 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19137 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19138 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19139 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19140 if (must_output_die)
19144 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19145 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19146 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19147 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19148 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19149 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19150 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19151 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19153 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19154 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19155 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19156 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19157 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19158 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19161 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19164 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19167 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19168 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19170 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19173 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19175 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19176 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19177 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19178 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19179 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19183 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19184 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19185 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19186 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19187 stmt, context_die);
19189 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19192 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19193 all of its sub-blocks. */
19196 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19202 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19203 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19206 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19207 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19208 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19209 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19210 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
19211 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19212 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19213 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19216 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19217 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19220 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19221 therein) of this block. */
19222 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19224 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19225 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19228 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19231 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19233 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19236 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19237 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19238 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19239 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19240 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19241 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19247 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
19248 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
19251 typedef struct {...} foo;
19253 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
19254 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
19258 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl)
19260 if (decl == NULL_TREE
19261 || TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
19262 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl))
19263 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl)
19264 || is_redundant_typedef (decl)
19265 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
19266 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
19267 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
19271 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl) == NULL_TREE
19272 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == decl
19273 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))
19274 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
19277 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19279 static inline dw_die_ref
19280 get_context_die (tree context)
19284 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19285 if (TYPE_P (context))
19287 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context);
19288 return strip_naming_typedef (context, force_type_die (context));
19291 return force_decl_die (context);
19293 return comp_unit_die ();
19296 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19299 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19301 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19302 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19303 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19304 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19307 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19309 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19313 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19315 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19316 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19317 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19318 declaration die. */
19319 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19320 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19321 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19322 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19326 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19327 gen_decl_die() call. */
19328 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19329 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19330 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19331 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19334 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19335 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19336 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19338 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19339 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
19342 case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL:
19343 decl_die = comp_unit_die ();
19347 gcc_unreachable ();
19350 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19352 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19353 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19359 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19360 always returned. */
19363 force_type_die (tree type)
19365 dw_die_ref type_die;
19367 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19370 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19372 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19373 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19374 gcc_assert (type_die);
19379 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19380 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19383 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19385 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19386 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19387 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19388 /* Force out the namespace. */
19389 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19391 return context_die;
19394 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19395 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19397 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19398 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19401 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19403 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19405 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19406 return context_die;
19408 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19409 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19410 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19411 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19412 return context_die;
19414 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19416 if (ns_context != context_die)
19420 if (DECL_P (thing))
19421 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19423 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19425 return context_die;
19428 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19431 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19433 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19435 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19436 they are an alias of. */
19437 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19439 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19440 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
19441 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19442 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19443 context_die, decl);
19444 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19445 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19447 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19449 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19452 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19453 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19454 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19455 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19459 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19461 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19462 dw_die_ref origin_die
19463 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19465 if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl)
19466 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19467 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ());
19468 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19469 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19470 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19471 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19472 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19476 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
19477 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
19478 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
19481 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19483 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19484 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19486 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19489 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19495 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
19497 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19498 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19502 /* Emit its type. */
19503 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19505 /* And its containing namespace. */
19506 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19508 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19511 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19512 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19513 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19514 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19515 && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin)
19516 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19517 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19522 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19523 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19524 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19525 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19528 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19529 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19530 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19531 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19532 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19534 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19535 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19536 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19537 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19538 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19539 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19540 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19541 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19542 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19544 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19545 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19548 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19549 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19551 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19552 have its containing type. */
19554 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19555 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19556 gen_type_die (origin, context_die);
19558 /* And its return type. */
19559 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19561 /* And its virtual context. */
19562 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19563 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19565 /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */
19566 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19567 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19569 /* And its containing namespace. */
19570 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19573 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19575 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19579 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19580 actual typedefs. */
19581 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19584 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19585 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19586 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19587 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19588 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19589 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19590 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19591 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19592 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19594 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19597 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19598 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19600 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19601 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19605 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19606 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19611 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19612 variable declarations or definitions. */
19613 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19616 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19618 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19619 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19621 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19623 /* And its containing type. */
19624 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19625 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19626 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19628 /* And its containing namespace. */
19629 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19631 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19632 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19633 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19635 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
19636 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
19637 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
19638 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19639 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19642 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19646 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19647 anonymous unions and structs. */
19648 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19649 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19650 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19652 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19653 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19658 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19659 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19661 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19662 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19663 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19666 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19667 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19668 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19669 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19673 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19674 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19681 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19682 compilation proper has finished. */
19685 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19687 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19688 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19689 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19690 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19691 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19692 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19695 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19696 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19698 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19701 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19704 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19705 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19706 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19707 that DECL belongs to.
19708 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19710 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19712 tree lexical_block,
19713 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19715 expanded_location xloc;
19716 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19717 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19719 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19721 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19722 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19726 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19728 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19730 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19731 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19732 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19733 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19734 if (!at_import_die)
19736 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19737 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19738 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19739 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19744 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19745 if (!at_import_die)
19747 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19748 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19749 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19751 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19753 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19754 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19755 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19756 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19758 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19759 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19761 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19765 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19767 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19768 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19775 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19779 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19780 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19782 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19783 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19784 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19787 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19788 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19789 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19790 importing whole module. */
19793 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19796 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19797 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19799 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19804 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19805 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19808 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19809 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19811 && TYPE_P (context)
19812 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19815 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19818 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19822 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19823 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19824 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19825 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19828 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19829 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19833 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19836 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19838 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die ();
19840 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19845 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19846 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19847 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19848 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19849 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19850 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19851 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19852 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19853 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19854 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19855 with the definition of the function.
19857 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19858 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19859 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19860 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19861 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19862 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19863 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19864 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19865 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19866 that they *are* definitions).
19868 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19869 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19870 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19871 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19872 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19873 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19876 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19877 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19878 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19879 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19880 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19881 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19882 context_die = NULL;
19886 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19887 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19888 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19889 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19890 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19891 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19892 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19893 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19894 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19897 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19898 if (TREE_STATIC (decl)
19899 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19900 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19901 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19903 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19904 variable declarations or definitions. */
19905 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19910 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19912 if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ())
19914 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19915 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19918 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19919 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19920 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19922 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19927 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19928 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19931 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19932 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19933 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19936 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19937 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19940 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19941 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19942 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19943 context_die = NULL;
19951 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19954 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19957 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
19959 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19960 call_arg_locations = NULL;
19961 call_arg_loc_last = NULL;
19962 call_site_count = -1;
19963 tail_call_site_count = -1;
19964 VEC_free (dw_die_ref, heap, block_map);
19965 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
19966 htab_empty (cached_dw_loc_list_table);
19969 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19970 a lexical block. */
19973 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19974 unsigned int blocknum)
19976 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19977 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
19980 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19984 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
19986 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19987 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
19990 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19991 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19993 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19994 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19995 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19998 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20003 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl))
20004 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20005 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20007 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20009 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20010 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20011 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20018 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20021 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20023 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20024 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20025 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20026 return filename_cmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20030 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20032 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20033 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20036 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20037 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20038 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20039 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20040 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20041 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20042 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20043 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20044 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20047 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20048 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20051 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20053 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20054 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20055 if (file_table_last_lookup
20056 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20057 || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20058 return file_table_last_lookup;
20060 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20061 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20062 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20064 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20066 created = ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
20067 created->filename = file_name;
20068 created->emitted_number = 0;
20073 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20074 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20075 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20076 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20077 types, which may include filenames. */
20080 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20082 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20084 if (last_emitted_file)
20085 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20087 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20088 last_emitted_file = fd;
20090 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20092 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20093 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20094 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20095 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20099 return fd->emitted_number;
20102 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20103 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20104 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20107 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20109 die_arg_entry entry;
20114 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20115 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20116 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20120 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20121 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20125 /* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE
20129 generic_type_p (tree t)
20131 if (t == NULL_TREE || !TYPE_P (t))
20133 return lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t) != NULL_TREE;
20136 /* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the
20137 instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later
20138 done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */
20141 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t)
20143 if (!generic_type_p (t))
20146 if (generic_type_instances == NULL)
20147 generic_type_instances = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20149 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, generic_type_instances, t);
20152 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20153 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20154 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20157 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20159 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20164 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e)
20165 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20169 /* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types
20170 that have been previously scheduled by
20171 schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called
20172 after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */
20175 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void)
20180 if (generic_type_instances == NULL)
20183 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, generic_type_instances, i, t)
20184 gen_generic_params_dies (t);
20188 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20191 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20197 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20201 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20205 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20208 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20210 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20211 /* replace the string. */
20212 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20216 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20219 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20220 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20221 our lookup table. */
20224 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20226 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20227 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20228 rtx next_real, next_note;
20229 static const char *last_label;
20230 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20231 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20232 static rtx expected_next_loc_note;
20236 if (!NOTE_P (loc_note))
20238 if (CALL_P (loc_note))
20241 if (SIBLING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20242 tail_call_site_count++;
20247 var_loc_p = NOTE_KIND (loc_note) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION;
20248 if (var_loc_p && !DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20251 /* Optimize processing a large consecutive sequence of location
20252 notes so we don't spend too much time in next_real_insn. If the
20253 next insn is another location note, remember the next_real_insn
20254 calculation for next time. */
20255 next_real = cached_next_real_insn;
20258 if (expected_next_loc_note != loc_note)
20259 next_real = NULL_RTX;
20262 next_note = NEXT_INSN (loc_note);
20264 || INSN_DELETED_P (next_note)
20265 || GET_CODE (next_note) != NOTE
20266 || (NOTE_KIND (next_note) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
20267 && NOTE_KIND (next_note) != NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION))
20268 next_note = NULL_RTX;
20271 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20275 expected_next_loc_note = next_note;
20276 cached_next_real_insn = next_real;
20279 cached_next_real_insn = NULL_RTX;
20281 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20282 don't do anything. */
20284 && next_real == NULL_RTX
20285 && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20288 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20289 next_real = get_last_insn ();
20291 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
20292 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
20293 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
20294 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20295 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20296 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20299 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20304 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20305 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
20306 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
20307 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
20308 if (newloc == NULL)
20317 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20318 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
20319 create a new label and emit it. */
20320 if (last_label == NULL)
20322 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20323 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20325 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20330 struct call_arg_loc_node *ca_loc
20331 = ggc_alloc_cleared_call_arg_loc_node ();
20332 rtx prev = prev_real_insn (loc_note), x;
20333 ca_loc->call_arg_loc_note = loc_note;
20334 ca_loc->next = NULL;
20335 ca_loc->label = last_label;
20338 || (NONJUMP_INSN_P (prev)
20339 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SEQUENCE
20340 && CALL_P (XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev), 0, 0)))));
20341 if (!CALL_P (prev))
20342 prev = XVECEXP (PATTERN (prev), 0, 0);
20343 ca_loc->tail_call_p = SIBLING_CALL_P (prev);
20344 x = PATTERN (prev);
20345 if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL)
20346 x = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0);
20347 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET)
20349 if (GET_CODE (x) == CALL && MEM_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
20351 x = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
20352 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
20353 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)
20354 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)) == FUNCTION_DECL)
20355 ca_loc->symbol_ref = x;
20357 ca_loc->block = insn_scope (prev);
20358 if (call_arg_locations)
20359 call_arg_loc_last->next = ca_loc;
20361 call_arg_locations = ca_loc;
20362 call_arg_loc_last = ca_loc;
20364 else if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20365 newloc->label = last_label;
20368 if (!last_postcall_label)
20370 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20371 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20373 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20376 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20377 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20380 /* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */
20383 var_location_switch_text_section_1 (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20385 var_loc_list *list = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
20387 list->last_before_switch
20388 = list->last->next ? list->last->next : list->last;
20392 /* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */
20395 var_location_switch_text_section (void)
20397 if (decl_loc_table == NULL)
20400 htab_traverse (decl_loc_table, var_location_switch_text_section_1, NULL);
20403 /* Create a new line number table. */
20405 static dw_line_info_table *
20406 new_line_info_table (void)
20408 dw_line_info_table *table;
20410 table = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_line_info_table_struct ();
20411 table->file_num = 1;
20412 table->line_num = 1;
20413 table->is_stmt = DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START;
20418 /* Lookup the "current" table into which we emit line info, so
20419 that we don't have to do it for every source line. */
20422 set_cur_line_info_table (section *sec)
20424 dw_line_info_table *table;
20426 if (sec == text_section)
20427 table = text_section_line_info;
20428 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
20430 table = cold_text_section_line_info;
20433 cold_text_section_line_info = table = new_line_info_table ();
20434 table->end_label = cold_end_label;
20439 const char *end_label;
20441 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20443 if (in_cold_section_p)
20444 end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
20446 end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
20450 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
20451 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
20452 current_function_funcdef_no);
20453 end_label = ggc_strdup (label);
20456 table = new_line_info_table ();
20457 table->end_label = end_label;
20459 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_table_p, gc, separate_line_info, table);
20462 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20463 table->is_stmt = (cur_line_info_table
20464 ? cur_line_info_table->is_stmt
20465 : DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START);
20466 cur_line_info_table = table;
20470 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20471 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20472 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20473 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20476 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20478 section *sec = function_section (fun);
20480 if (sec != text_section)
20481 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20483 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && !cold_text_section)
20485 gcc_assert (current_function_decl == fun);
20486 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20487 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20488 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20489 switch_to_section (sec);
20492 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20493 call_site_count = 0;
20494 tail_call_site_count = 0;
20496 set_cur_line_info_table (sec);
20499 /* Add OPCODE+VAL as an entry at the end of the opcode array in TABLE. */
20502 push_dw_line_info_entry (dw_line_info_table *table,
20503 enum dw_line_info_opcode opcode, unsigned int val)
20505 dw_line_info_entry e;
20508 VEC_safe_push (dw_line_info_entry, gc, table->entries, &e);
20511 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20512 and record information relating to this source line, in
20513 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20514 /* ??? The discriminator parameter ought to be unsigned. */
20517 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20518 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20520 unsigned int file_num;
20521 dw_line_info_table *table;
20523 if (debug_info_level < DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL || line == 0)
20526 /* The discriminator column was added in dwarf4. Simplify the below
20527 by simply removing it if we're not supposed to output it. */
20528 if (dwarf_version < 4 && dwarf_strict)
20531 table = cur_line_info_table;
20532 file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20534 /* ??? TODO: Elide duplicate line number entries. Traditionally,
20535 the debugger has used the second (possibly duplicate) line number
20536 at the beginning of the function to mark the end of the prologue.
20537 We could eliminate any other duplicates within the function. For
20538 Dwarf3, we ought to include the DW_LNS_set_prologue_end mark in
20539 that second line number entry. */
20540 /* Recall that this end-of-prologue indication is *not* the same thing
20541 as the end_prologue debug hook. The NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END note,
20542 to which the hook corresponds, follows the last insn that was
20543 emitted by gen_prologue. What we need is to preceed the first insn
20544 that had been emitted after NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG, i.e. the first
20545 insn that corresponds to something the user wrote. These may be
20546 very different locations once scheduling is enabled. */
20548 if (0 && file_num == table->file_num
20549 && line == table->line_num
20550 && discriminator == table->discrim_num
20551 && is_stmt == table->is_stmt)
20554 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20556 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20557 if (flag_debug_asm)
20558 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START, filename, line);
20560 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20562 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20563 /* "\t.loc %u %u 0 is_stmt %u discriminator %u",
20564 file_num, line, is_stmt, discriminator */
20565 fputs ("\t.loc ", asm_out_file);
20566 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, file_num);
20567 putc (' ', asm_out_file);
20568 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, line);
20569 putc (' ', asm_out_file);
20570 putc ('0', asm_out_file);
20572 if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
20574 fputs (" is_stmt ", asm_out_file);
20575 putc (is_stmt ? '1' : '0', asm_out_file);
20577 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20579 gcc_assert (discriminator > 0);
20580 fputs (" discriminator ", asm_out_file);
20581 fprint_ul (asm_out_file, (unsigned long) discriminator);
20583 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20587 unsigned int label_num = ++line_info_label_num;
20589 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL, label_num);
20591 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_address, label_num);
20592 if (file_num != table->file_num)
20593 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_file, file_num);
20594 if (discriminator != table->discrim_num)
20595 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_discriminator, discriminator);
20596 if (is_stmt != table->is_stmt)
20597 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_negate_stmt, 0);
20598 push_dw_line_info_entry (table, LI_set_line, line);
20601 table->file_num = file_num;
20602 table->line_num = line;
20603 table->discrim_num = discriminator;
20604 table->is_stmt = is_stmt;
20605 table->in_use = true;
20608 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20611 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20613 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
20615 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20616 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20618 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
20619 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20622 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20625 e.code = DW_MACINFO_start_file;
20627 e.info = ggc_strdup (filename);
20628 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20632 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20635 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20637 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
20638 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20639 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL);
20641 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20644 e.code = DW_MACINFO_end_file;
20647 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20651 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20652 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20653 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20656 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20657 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20659 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20662 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
20663 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
20664 if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table) && lineno <= 1)
20669 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20671 e.code = DW_MACINFO_define;
20673 e.info = ggc_strdup (buffer);
20674 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20678 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20679 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20680 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20683 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20684 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20686 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20689 /* Insert a dummy first entry to be able to optimize the whole
20690 predefined macro block using DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include. */
20691 if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table) && lineno <= 1)
20696 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20698 e.code = DW_MACINFO_undef;
20700 e.info = ggc_strdup (buffer);
20701 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e);
20705 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
20708 htab_macinfo_hash (const void *of)
20710 const macinfo_entry *const entry =
20711 (const macinfo_entry *) of;
20713 return htab_hash_string (entry->info);
20717 htab_macinfo_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
20719 const macinfo_entry *const entry1 = (const macinfo_entry *) of1;
20720 const macinfo_entry *const entry2 = (const macinfo_entry *) of2;
20722 return !strcmp (entry1->info, entry2->info);
20725 /* Output a single .debug_macinfo entry. */
20728 output_macinfo_op (macinfo_entry *ref)
20732 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20733 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
20734 struct dwarf_file_data *fd;
20738 case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
20739 fd = lookup_filename (ref->info);
20740 file_num = maybe_emit_file (fd);
20741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20742 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno,
20743 "Included from line number %lu",
20744 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
20745 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", ref->info);
20747 case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
20748 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20750 case DW_MACINFO_define:
20751 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
20752 len = strlen (ref->info) + 1;
20754 && len > DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
20755 && !DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
20756 && (debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) != 0)
20758 ref->code = ref->code == DW_MACINFO_define
20759 ? DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
20760 : DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect;
20761 output_macinfo_op (ref);
20764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code,
20765 ref->code == DW_MACINFO_define
20766 ? "Define macro" : "Undefine macro");
20767 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
20768 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
20769 dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro");
20771 case DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect:
20772 case DW_MACRO_GNU_undef_indirect:
20773 node = find_AT_string (ref->info);
20774 if (node->form != DW_FORM_strp)
20777 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
20778 ++dw2_string_counter;
20779 node->label = xstrdup (label);
20780 node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
20782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code,
20783 ref->code == DW_MACRO_GNU_define_indirect
20784 ? "Define macro indirect"
20785 : "Undefine macro indirect");
20786 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu",
20787 (unsigned long) ref->lineno);
20788 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->label,
20789 debug_str_section, "The macro: \"%s\"",
20792 case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include:
20793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, ref->code, "Transparent include");
20794 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label,
20795 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL, ref->lineno);
20796 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, label, NULL, NULL);
20799 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n",
20800 ASM_COMMENT_START, (unsigned long) ref->code);
20805 /* Attempt to make a sequence of define/undef macinfo ops shareable with
20806 other compilation unit .debug_macinfo sections. IDX is the first
20807 index of a define/undef, return the number of ops that should be
20808 emitted in a comdat .debug_macinfo section and emit
20809 a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entry referencing it.
20810 If the define/undef entry should be emitted normally, return 0. */
20813 optimize_macinfo_range (unsigned int idx, VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) *files,
20814 htab_t *macinfo_htab)
20816 macinfo_entry *first, *second, *cur, *inc;
20817 char linebuf[sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) * 3 + 1];
20818 unsigned char checksum[16];
20819 struct md5_ctx ctx;
20820 char *grp_name, *tail;
20822 unsigned int i, count, encoded_filename_len, linebuf_len;
20825 first = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx);
20826 second = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx + 1);
20828 /* Optimize only if there are at least two consecutive define/undef ops,
20829 and either all of them are before first DW_MACINFO_start_file
20830 with lineno {0,1} (i.e. predefined macro block), or all of them are
20831 in some included header file. */
20832 if (second->code != DW_MACINFO_define && second->code != DW_MACINFO_undef)
20834 if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, files))
20836 if (first->lineno > 1 || second->lineno > 1)
20839 else if (first->lineno == 0)
20842 /* Find the last define/undef entry that can be grouped together
20843 with first and at the same time compute md5 checksum of their
20844 codes, linenumbers and strings. */
20845 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
20846 for (i = idx; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, cur); i++)
20847 if (cur->code != DW_MACINFO_define && cur->code != DW_MACINFO_undef)
20849 else if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, files) && cur->lineno > 1)
20853 unsigned char code = cur->code;
20854 md5_process_bytes (&code, 1, &ctx);
20855 checksum_uleb128 (cur->lineno, &ctx);
20856 md5_process_bytes (cur->info, strlen (cur->info) + 1, &ctx);
20858 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
20861 /* From the containing include filename (if any) pick up just
20862 usable characters from its basename. */
20863 if (VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, files))
20866 base = lbasename (VEC_last (macinfo_entry, files)->info);
20867 for (encoded_filename_len = 0, i = 0; base[i]; i++)
20868 if (ISIDNUM (base[i]) || base[i] == '.')
20869 encoded_filename_len++;
20870 /* Count . at the end. */
20871 if (encoded_filename_len)
20872 encoded_filename_len++;
20874 sprintf (linebuf, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, first->lineno);
20875 linebuf_len = strlen (linebuf);
20877 /* The group name format is: wmN.[<encoded filename>.]<lineno>.<md5sum> */
20878 grp_name = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + encoded_filename_len + linebuf_len + 1
20880 memcpy (grp_name, DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? "wm4." : "wm8.", 4);
20881 tail = grp_name + 4;
20882 if (encoded_filename_len)
20884 for (i = 0; base[i]; i++)
20885 if (ISIDNUM (base[i]) || base[i] == '.')
20889 memcpy (tail, linebuf, linebuf_len);
20890 tail += linebuf_len;
20892 for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
20893 sprintf (tail + i * 2, "%02x", checksum[i] & 0xff);
20895 /* Construct a macinfo_entry for DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include
20896 in the empty vector entry before the first define/undef. */
20897 inc = VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, idx - 1);
20898 inc->code = DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include;
20900 inc->info = ggc_strdup (grp_name);
20901 if (*macinfo_htab == NULL)
20902 *macinfo_htab = htab_create (10, htab_macinfo_hash, htab_macinfo_eq, NULL);
20903 /* Avoid emitting duplicates. */
20904 slot = htab_find_slot (*macinfo_htab, inc, INSERT);
20909 /* If such an entry has been used before, just emit
20910 a DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op. */
20911 inc = (macinfo_entry *) *slot;
20912 output_macinfo_op (inc);
20913 /* And clear all macinfo_entry in the range to avoid emitting them
20914 in the second pass. */
20916 VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, cur)
20917 && i < idx + count;
20927 inc->lineno = htab_elements (*macinfo_htab);
20928 output_macinfo_op (inc);
20933 /* Output macinfo section(s). */
20936 output_macinfo (void)
20939 unsigned long length = VEC_length (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table);
20940 macinfo_entry *ref;
20941 VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) *files = NULL;
20942 htab_t macinfo_htab = NULL;
20947 /* output_macinfo* uses these interchangeably. */
20948 gcc_assert ((int) DW_MACINFO_define == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_define
20949 && (int) DW_MACINFO_undef == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_undef
20950 && (int) DW_MACINFO_start_file == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_start_file
20951 && (int) DW_MACINFO_end_file == (int) DW_MACRO_GNU_end_file);
20953 /* For .debug_macro emit the section header. */
20956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
20957 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
20958 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 3, "Flags: 64-bit, lineptr present");
20960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2, "Flags: 32-bit, lineptr present");
20961 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_line_section_label,
20962 debug_line_section, NULL);
20965 /* In the first loop, it emits the primary .debug_macinfo section
20966 and after each emitted op the macinfo_entry is cleared.
20967 If a longer range of define/undef ops can be optimized using
20968 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include, the
20969 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include op is emitted and kept in
20970 the vector before the first define/undef in the range and the
20971 whole range of define/undef ops is not emitted and kept. */
20972 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, ref); i++)
20976 case DW_MACINFO_start_file:
20977 VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, files, ref);
20979 case DW_MACINFO_end_file:
20980 if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, files))
20981 VEC_pop (macinfo_entry, files);
20983 case DW_MACINFO_define:
20984 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
20986 && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP
20987 && VEC_length (macinfo_entry, files) != 1
20990 && VEC_index (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i - 1)->code == 0)
20992 unsigned count = optimize_macinfo_range (i, files, &macinfo_htab);
21001 /* A dummy entry may be inserted at the beginning to be able
21002 to optimize the whole block of predefined macros. */
21008 output_macinfo_op (ref);
21013 if (macinfo_htab == NULL)
21016 htab_delete (macinfo_htab);
21018 /* If any DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include were used, on those
21019 DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include entries terminate the
21020 current chain and switch to a new comdat .debug_macinfo
21021 section and emit the define/undef entries within it. */
21022 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, ref); i++)
21027 case DW_MACRO_GNU_transparent_include:
21029 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
21030 tree comdat_key = get_identifier (ref->info);
21031 /* Terminate the previous .debug_macinfo section. */
21032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21033 targetm.asm_out.named_section (DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION,
21035 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
21037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label,
21038 DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL,
21040 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
21043 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "DWARF macro version number");
21044 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
21045 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, "Flags: 64-bit");
21047 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Flags: 32-bit");
21050 case DW_MACINFO_define:
21051 case DW_MACINFO_undef:
21052 output_macinfo_op (ref);
21057 gcc_unreachable ();
21061 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21064 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21066 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21067 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
21068 file_table_eq, NULL);
21070 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21071 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
21072 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
21074 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21075 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
21076 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
21078 /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */
21079 cached_dw_loc_list_table
21080 = htab_create_ggc (10, cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash,
21081 cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq, NULL);
21083 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21084 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
21086 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21087 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
21088 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21089 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21090 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21091 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
21093 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21094 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21095 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21097 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
21099 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
21101 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
21102 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21103 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
21104 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21105 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
21106 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21107 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (dwarf_strict
21108 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
21109 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION,
21110 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21111 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
21112 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21113 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
21114 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21115 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
21116 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21117 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
21118 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21119 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
21120 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
21121 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
21122 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21123 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
21124 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21126 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21127 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
21128 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21129 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21130 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
21131 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21132 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21134 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
21135 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21136 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
21137 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21138 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
21139 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21140 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
21142 ? DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
21143 : DEBUG_MACRO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21145 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21146 macinfo_table = VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry, gc, 64);
21148 switch_to_section (text_section);
21149 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
21151 /* Make sure the line number table for .text always exists. */
21152 text_section_line_info = new_line_info_table ();
21153 text_section_line_info->end_label = text_end_label;
21156 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
21157 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
21160 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
21162 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
21163 && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()
21164 && (!(flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions)
21165 || targetm_common.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2))
21166 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
21169 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21170 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
21173 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21175 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21177 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
21179 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
21180 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
21181 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
21187 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21188 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
21191 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
21195 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
21196 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
21198 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21200 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
21201 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
21204 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21210 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
21213 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
21214 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
21217 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
21222 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
21224 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
21226 /* A reference to another DIE.
21227 Make sure that it will get emitted.
21228 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
21229 if (! use_debug_types
21230 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
21231 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
21232 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
21234 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
21235 accounts properly for it. */
21236 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21237 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
21241 /* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */
21244 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21248 if (die == NULL || die->die_child == NULL)
21250 c = die->die_child;
21253 switch (c->die_tag)
21255 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
21256 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
21257 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
21258 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
21259 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
21265 } while (c && c != die->die_child);
21268 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
21269 to DIE's children. */
21272 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
21276 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21278 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
21280 /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation,
21281 mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and
21283 prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die);
21285 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
21286 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
21287 if (die->die_parent)
21288 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
21290 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
21291 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21293 /* If this node is a specification,
21294 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
21295 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
21296 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
21299 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
21301 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
21302 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
21305 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
21306 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
21307 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
21308 for all type definitions. */
21309 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
21310 || (use_debug_types
21311 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
21312 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
21314 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21318 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
21319 and if so, mark them. */
21322 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
21326 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21329 switch (die->die_tag)
21331 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21332 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21333 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21336 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
21337 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
21338 || die->die_definition != NULL)
21339 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
21346 /* Mark children. */
21347 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
21350 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
21353 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
21357 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
21358 children have been marked as well. */
21359 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21362 switch (die->die_tag)
21364 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21365 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21366 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21367 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21370 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
21371 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
21374 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
21375 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
21376 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
21377 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
21378 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
21380 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
21382 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21385 case DW_TAG_const_type:
21386 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
21387 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
21388 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
21389 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
21390 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
21391 case DW_TAG_typedef:
21392 case DW_TAG_array_type:
21393 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
21394 case DW_TAG_friend:
21395 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
21396 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
21397 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
21398 case DW_TAG_string_type:
21399 case DW_TAG_set_type:
21400 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
21401 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
21402 case DW_TAG_file_type:
21403 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21406 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21410 /* Mark everything else. */
21414 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21418 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21419 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21424 /* Mark children. */
21425 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21428 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21432 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
21437 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
21438 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21440 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
21442 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21443 twice in the hash table. */
21445 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
21448 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
21449 htab_hash_string (s->str),
21451 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
21457 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21460 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21464 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21465 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21467 if (! die->die_child)
21470 c = die->die_child;
21472 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21473 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21474 if (c == die->die_child)
21476 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21478 /* No marked children at all. */
21479 die->die_child = NULL;
21482 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21483 die->die_child = prev;
21488 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21490 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21491 } while (c != die->die_child);
21494 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21497 prune_unused_types (void)
21500 limbo_die_node *node;
21501 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21503 dw_die_ref base_type;
21505 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21506 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21507 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ());
21508 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21509 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21510 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21511 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21512 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21514 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21515 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21517 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21518 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ());
21519 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21520 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21521 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21523 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21524 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21527 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21529 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub)
21530 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21531 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
21532 prune_unused_types_mark (base_type, 1);
21534 if (debug_str_hash)
21535 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21536 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ());
21537 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21538 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21539 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21540 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21542 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21543 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ());
21544 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21545 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21546 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21547 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21550 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21553 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21555 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21556 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21557 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21565 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21568 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21571 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21573 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21578 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21580 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21581 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21583 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21584 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21587 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21588 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21589 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21590 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21591 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21592 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21595 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21597 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21598 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21600 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_linkage_name
21601 || linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
21605 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21607 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21611 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21613 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21614 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21618 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, mark DW_TAG_base_type nodes
21619 referenced from typed stack ops and count how often they are used. */
21622 mark_base_types (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21624 dw_die_ref base_type = NULL;
21626 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21628 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
21630 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
21631 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
21632 base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
21634 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
21635 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
21636 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
21639 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
21640 base_type = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
21642 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
21643 mark_base_types (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc);
21648 gcc_assert (base_type->die_parent == comp_unit_die ());
21649 if (base_type->die_mark)
21650 base_type->die_mark++;
21653 VEC_safe_push (dw_die_ref, heap, base_types, base_type);
21654 base_type->die_mark = 1;
21659 /* Comparison function for sorting marked base types. */
21662 base_type_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
21664 dw_die_ref dx = *(const dw_die_ref *) x;
21665 dw_die_ref dy = *(const dw_die_ref *) y;
21666 unsigned int byte_size1, byte_size2;
21667 unsigned int encoding1, encoding2;
21668 if (dx->die_mark > dy->die_mark)
21670 if (dx->die_mark < dy->die_mark)
21672 byte_size1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_byte_size);
21673 byte_size2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_byte_size);
21674 if (byte_size1 < byte_size2)
21676 if (byte_size1 > byte_size2)
21678 encoding1 = get_AT_unsigned (dx, DW_AT_encoding);
21679 encoding2 = get_AT_unsigned (dy, DW_AT_encoding);
21680 if (encoding1 < encoding2)
21682 if (encoding1 > encoding2)
21687 /* Move base types marked by mark_base_types as early as possible
21688 in the CU, sorted by decreasing usage count both to make the
21689 uleb128 references as small as possible and to make sure they
21690 will have die_offset already computed by calc_die_sizes when
21691 sizes of typed stack loc ops is computed. */
21694 move_marked_base_types (void)
21697 dw_die_ref base_type, die, c;
21699 if (VEC_empty (dw_die_ref, base_types))
21702 /* Sort by decreasing usage count, they will be added again in that
21704 VEC_qsort (dw_die_ref, base_types, base_type_cmp);
21705 die = comp_unit_die ();
21706 c = die->die_child;
21709 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21711 while (c->die_mark)
21713 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
21714 /* As base types got marked, there must be at least
21715 one node other than DW_TAG_base_type. */
21716 gcc_assert (c != c->die_sib);
21720 while (c != die->die_child);
21721 gcc_assert (die->die_child);
21722 c = die->die_child;
21723 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_die_ref, base_types, i, base_type); i++)
21725 base_type->die_mark = 0;
21726 base_type->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21727 c->die_sib = base_type;
21732 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21733 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21734 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21737 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21741 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21743 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21744 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21745 tree tlen = size_int (len - 1);
21747 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21748 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21749 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21751 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21752 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21757 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21758 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))
21760 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
21762 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))))
21765 else if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21769 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21770 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21776 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21777 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21778 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21781 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21783 dw_loc_descr_ref keep = NULL;
21784 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21785 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
21788 if (resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21791 case DW_OP_const4u:
21792 case DW_OP_const8u:
21794 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21797 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
21798 if (size_of_loc_descr (loc)
21799 > size_of_int_loc_descriptor (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
21801 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned > 0)
21803 dw_loc_descr_ref repl
21804 = int_loc_descriptor (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
21805 add_loc_descr (&repl, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
21806 add_loc_descr (&repl, loc->dw_loc_next);
21810 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
21811 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21812 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL))
21815 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
21816 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
21817 if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_decl_ref)
21820 = lookup_decl_die (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref);
21823 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
21824 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref;
21825 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
21828 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
21829 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
21830 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
21831 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
21832 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
21833 while (loc->dw_loc_next
21834 && loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_convert)
21836 dw_die_ref base1, base2;
21837 unsigned enc1, enc2, size1, size2;
21838 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
21839 || loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_deref_type)
21840 base1 = loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die;
21841 else if (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class
21842 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
21845 base1 = loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
21846 if (loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class
21847 == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
21849 base2 = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die;
21850 gcc_assert (base1->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type
21851 && base2->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type);
21852 enc1 = get_AT_unsigned (base1, DW_AT_encoding);
21853 enc2 = get_AT_unsigned (base2, DW_AT_encoding);
21854 size1 = get_AT_unsigned (base1, DW_AT_byte_size);
21855 size2 = get_AT_unsigned (base2, DW_AT_byte_size);
21857 && (((enc1 == DW_ATE_unsigned || enc1 == DW_ATE_signed)
21858 && (enc2 == DW_ATE_unsigned || enc2 == DW_ATE_signed)
21862 /* Optimize away next DW_OP_GNU_convert after
21863 adjusting LOC's base type die reference. */
21864 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_regval_type
21865 || loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_deref_type)
21866 loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_die_ref.die = base2;
21868 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = base2;
21869 loc->dw_loc_next = loc->dw_loc_next->dw_loc_next;
21872 /* Don't change integer DW_OP_GNU_convert after e.g. floating
21873 point typed stack entry. */
21874 else if (enc1 != DW_ATE_unsigned && enc1 != DW_ATE_signed)
21875 keep = loc->dw_loc_next;
21885 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21886 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21887 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21888 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21889 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21890 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21893 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21897 dw_loc_list_ref *curr, *start, loc;
21900 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
21901 switch (AT_class (a))
21903 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21904 start = curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21907 /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have
21908 already recorded the result from a previous pass. */
21910 *curr = loc->dw_loc_next;
21911 else if (!loc->resolved_addr)
21913 /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to
21914 reference a suffix of another die's location list chain.
21915 References must be identical or completely separate.
21916 There is therefore no need to cache the result of this
21917 pass on any list other than the first; doing so
21918 would lead to unnecessary writes. */
21921 gcc_assert (!(*curr)->replaced && !(*curr)->resolved_addr);
21922 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21924 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21925 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21927 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21928 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21934 mark_base_types ((*curr)->expr);
21935 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21939 loc->resolved_addr = 1;
21943 loc->dw_loc_next = *start;
21948 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21952 case dw_val_class_loc:
21954 dw_loc_descr_ref l = AT_loc (a);
21955 /* For -gdwarf-2 don't attempt to optimize
21956 DW_AT_data_member_location containing
21957 DW_OP_plus_uconst - older consumers might
21958 rely on it being that op instead of a more complex,
21959 but shorter, location description. */
21960 if ((dwarf_version > 2
21961 || a->dw_attr != DW_AT_data_member_location
21963 || l->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_plus_uconst
21964 || l->dw_loc_next != NULL)
21965 && !resolve_addr_in_expr (l))
21967 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21971 mark_base_types (l);
21974 case dw_val_class_addr:
21975 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21976 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21978 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21981 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_call_site
21982 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
21984 tree tdecl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr);
21985 dw_die_ref tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
21987 && DECL_EXTERNAL (tdecl)
21988 && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (tdecl) == NULL_TREE)
21990 force_decl_die (tdecl);
21991 tdie = lookup_decl_die (tdecl);
21995 a->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
21996 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = tdie;
21997 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
22001 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
22010 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
22013 /* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists.
22014 This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc
22017 /* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */
22019 static inline hashval_t
22020 hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, hashval_t hash)
22022 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
22023 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
22025 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
22027 case DW_OP_const4u:
22028 case DW_OP_const8u:
22032 case DW_OP_const1u:
22033 case DW_OP_const1s:
22034 case DW_OP_const2u:
22035 case DW_OP_const2s:
22036 case DW_OP_const4s:
22037 case DW_OP_const8s:
22041 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
22077 case DW_OP_deref_size:
22078 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
22079 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
22086 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
22087 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
22088 hash = iterative_hash_object (offset, hash);
22091 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
22092 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_unsigned, hash);
22093 switch (val2->val_class)
22095 case dw_val_class_const:
22096 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
22098 case dw_val_class_vec:
22100 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
22101 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
22103 hash = iterative_hash_object (elt_size, hash);
22104 hash = iterative_hash_object (len, hash);
22105 hash = iterative_hash (val2->v.val_vec.array,
22106 len * elt_size, hash);
22109 case dw_val_class_const_double:
22110 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.low, hash);
22111 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.high, hash);
22113 case dw_val_class_addr:
22114 hash = iterative_hash_rtx (val2->v.val_addr, hash);
22117 gcc_unreachable ();
22121 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
22122 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
22123 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
22129 unsigned char dtprel = 0xd1;
22130 hash = iterative_hash_object (dtprel, hash);
22132 hash = iterative_hash_rtx (val1->v.val_addr, hash);
22134 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
22135 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
22137 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
22138 hash = hash_loc_operands (val1->v.val_loc, hash);
22140 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
22141 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
22143 unsigned int byte_size
22144 = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
22145 unsigned int encoding
22146 = get_AT_unsigned (val2->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
22147 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash);
22148 hash = iterative_hash_object (byte_size, hash);
22149 hash = iterative_hash_object (encoding, hash);
22152 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
22153 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
22154 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
22156 hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_unsigned, hash);
22160 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
22162 unsigned int byte_size
22163 = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_byte_size);
22164 unsigned int encoding
22165 = get_AT_unsigned (val1->v.val_die_ref.die, DW_AT_encoding);
22166 hash = iterative_hash_object (byte_size, hash);
22167 hash = iterative_hash_object (encoding, hash);
22168 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_GNU_const_type)
22170 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->val_class, hash);
22171 switch (val2->val_class)
22173 case dw_val_class_const:
22174 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash);
22176 case dw_val_class_vec:
22178 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
22179 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
22181 hash = iterative_hash_object (elt_size, hash);
22182 hash = iterative_hash_object (len, hash);
22183 hash = iterative_hash (val2->v.val_vec.array,
22184 len * elt_size, hash);
22187 case dw_val_class_const_double:
22188 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.low, hash);
22189 hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.high, hash);
22192 gcc_unreachable ();
22198 /* Other codes have no operands. */
22204 /* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */
22206 static inline hashval_t
22207 hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, hashval_t hash)
22209 dw_loc_descr_ref l;
22210 bool sizes_computed = false;
22211 /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */
22212 size_of_locs (loc);
22214 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
22216 enum dwarf_location_atom opc = l->dw_loc_opc;
22217 hash = iterative_hash_object (opc, hash);
22218 if ((opc == DW_OP_skip || opc == DW_OP_bra) && !sizes_computed)
22220 size_of_locs (loc);
22221 sizes_computed = true;
22223 hash = hash_loc_operands (l, hash);
22228 /* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */
22231 hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
22233 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
22234 hashval_t hash = 0;
22236 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
22238 hash = iterative_hash (curr->begin, strlen (curr->begin) + 1, hash);
22239 hash = iterative_hash (curr->end, strlen (curr->end) + 1, hash);
22241 hash = iterative_hash (curr->section, strlen (curr->section) + 1,
22243 hash = hash_locs (curr->expr, hash);
22245 list_head->hash = hash;
22248 /* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */
22251 compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y)
22253 dw_val_ref valx1 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd1;
22254 dw_val_ref valx2 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd2;
22255 dw_val_ref valy1 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd1;
22256 dw_val_ref valy2 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd2;
22258 switch (x->dw_loc_opc)
22260 case DW_OP_const4u:
22261 case DW_OP_const8u:
22265 case DW_OP_const1u:
22266 case DW_OP_const1s:
22267 case DW_OP_const2u:
22268 case DW_OP_const2s:
22269 case DW_OP_const4s:
22270 case DW_OP_const8s:
22274 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
22310 case DW_OP_deref_size:
22311 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
22312 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int;
22315 gcc_assert (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc
22316 && valy1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc
22317 && x->dw_loc_addr == y->dw_loc_addr);
22318 return valx1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr == valy1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr;
22319 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
22320 if (valx1->v.val_unsigned != valy1->v.val_unsigned
22321 || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
22323 switch (valx2->val_class)
22325 case dw_val_class_const:
22326 return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
22327 case dw_val_class_vec:
22328 return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
22329 && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
22330 && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
22331 valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
22332 * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
22333 case dw_val_class_const_double:
22334 return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
22335 && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
22336 case dw_val_class_addr:
22337 return rtx_equal_p (valx2->v.val_addr, valy2->v.val_addr);
22339 gcc_unreachable ();
22342 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
22343 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
22344 && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
22347 return rtx_equal_p (valx1->v.val_addr, valy1->v.val_addr);
22348 case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer:
22349 return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref
22350 && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
22351 && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
22352 && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
22353 case DW_OP_GNU_entry_value:
22354 return compare_loc_operands (valx1->v.val_loc, valy1->v.val_loc);
22355 case DW_OP_GNU_const_type:
22356 if (valx1->v.val_die_ref.die != valy1->v.val_die_ref.die
22357 || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class)
22359 switch (valx2->val_class)
22361 case dw_val_class_const:
22362 return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int;
22363 case dw_val_class_vec:
22364 return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size
22365 && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length
22366 && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array,
22367 valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size
22368 * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0;
22369 case dw_val_class_const_double:
22370 return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low
22371 && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high;
22373 gcc_unreachable ();
22375 case DW_OP_GNU_regval_type:
22376 case DW_OP_GNU_deref_type:
22377 return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int
22378 && valx2->v.val_die_ref.die == valy2->v.val_die_ref.die;
22379 case DW_OP_GNU_convert:
22380 case DW_OP_GNU_reinterpret:
22381 if (valx1->val_class != valy1->val_class)
22383 if (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
22384 return valx1->v.val_unsigned == valy1->v.val_unsigned;
22385 return valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
22386 case DW_OP_GNU_parameter_ref:
22387 return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref
22388 && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class
22389 && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die;
22391 /* Other codes have no operands. */
22396 /* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */
22399 compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y)
22401 for (; x != NULL && y != NULL; x = x->dw_loc_next, y = y->dw_loc_next)
22402 if (x->dw_loc_opc != y->dw_loc_opc
22403 || x->dtprel != y->dtprel
22404 || !compare_loc_operands (x, y))
22406 return x == NULL && y == NULL;
22409 /* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */
22412 loc_list_hash (const void *x)
22414 return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) x)->hash;
22417 /* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */
22420 loc_list_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
22422 const struct dw_loc_list_struct *a = (const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) x;
22423 const struct dw_loc_list_struct *b = (const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) y;
22426 if (a->hash != b->hash)
22428 for (; a != NULL && b != NULL; a = a->dw_loc_next, b = b->dw_loc_next)
22429 if (strcmp (a->begin, b->begin) != 0
22430 || strcmp (a->end, b->end) != 0
22431 || (a->section == NULL) != (b->section == NULL)
22432 || (a->section && strcmp (a->section, b->section) != 0)
22433 || !compare_locs (a->expr, b->expr))
22435 return a == NULL && b == NULL;
22438 /* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE
22439 children and share them whenever possible. */
22442 optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die, htab_t htab)
22449 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a)
22450 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
22452 dw_loc_list_ref list = AT_loc_list (a);
22453 /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing
22454 it and storing into the hash table. */
22455 hash_loc_list (list);
22456 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab, list, list->hash,
22459 *slot = (void *) list;
22461 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = (dw_loc_list_ref) *slot;
22464 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, optimize_location_lists_1 (c, htab));
22467 /* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE
22468 children and share them whenever possible. */
22471 optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
22473 htab_t htab = htab_create (500, loc_list_hash, loc_list_eq, NULL);
22474 optimize_location_lists_1 (die, htab);
22475 htab_delete (htab);
22478 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
22479 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
22482 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
22484 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
22485 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
22486 htab_t comdat_type_table;
22489 /* PCH might result in DW_AT_producer string being restored from the
22490 header compilation, fix it up if needed. */
22491 dw_attr_ref producer = get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_producer);
22492 if (strcmp (AT_string (producer), producer_string) != 0)
22494 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (producer_string);
22495 producer->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
22498 gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies ();
22499 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
22501 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
22502 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
22503 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename));
22504 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
22505 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
22506 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
22509 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
22511 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ());
22514 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
22516 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
22517 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
22518 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
22523 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
22524 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
22525 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
22526 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
22528 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
22530 dw_die_ref die = node->die;
22531 next_node = node->next;
22533 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
22535 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
22537 if (origin && origin->die_parent)
22538 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
22539 else if (is_cu_die (die))
22541 else if (seen_error ())
22542 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
22543 add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die);
22546 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
22547 nested function can be optimized away, which results
22548 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
22549 with the return type of that nested function. Force
22550 this to be a child of the containing function.
22552 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
22553 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
22554 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
22555 the function is likely unreachable too. */
22556 tree context = NULL_TREE;
22558 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
22560 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
22561 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
22562 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
22563 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
22565 origin = get_context_die (context);
22566 add_child_die (origin, die);
22571 limbo_die_list = NULL;
22573 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
22575 dw_die_ref die = comp_unit_die (), c;
22576 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, gcc_assert (! c->die_mark));
22579 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ());
22580 move_marked_base_types ();
22582 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
22584 tree decl = node->created_for;
22585 /* When generating LTO bytecode we can not generate new assembler
22586 names at this point and all important decls got theirs via
22588 if ((!flag_generate_lto || DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
22589 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
22591 add_linkage_attr (node->die, decl);
22592 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
22596 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
22598 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
22599 emit full debugging info for them. */
22600 retry_incomplete_types ();
22602 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
22603 prune_unused_types ();
22605 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
22606 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
22607 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && ! use_debug_types)
22608 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ());
22610 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
22611 if (use_debug_types)
22613 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ());
22615 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
22616 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
22618 limbo_die_list = NULL;
22620 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
22621 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
22622 references to the main compile unit). */
22623 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22624 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
22625 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ());
22627 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
22628 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
22629 referenced. Prune them. */
22630 prune_unused_types ();
22633 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
22634 that have children. */
22635 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ());
22636 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22637 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
22638 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22639 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
22641 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
22642 switch_to_section (text_section);
22643 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
22644 if (cold_text_section)
22646 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
22647 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
22650 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
22652 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
22653 || (dwarf_version < 3 && dwarf_strict))
22655 /* Don't add if the CU has no associated code. */
22656 if (text_section_used)
22658 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
22659 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
22666 bool range_list_added = false;
22668 if (text_section_used)
22669 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label,
22670 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
22671 if (cold_text_section_used)
22672 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label,
22673 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
22675 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_fde_ref, fde_vec, fde_idx, fde)
22677 if (!fde->in_std_section)
22678 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_begin,
22679 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
22680 if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section)
22681 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_second_begin,
22682 fde->dw_fde_second_end, &range_list_added);
22685 if (range_list_added)
22687 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
22688 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
22689 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
22690 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
22691 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
22692 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
22693 if (! dwarf_strict && dwarf_version < 4)
22694 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
22700 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22701 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list,
22702 debug_line_section_label);
22705 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (),
22706 dwarf_strict ? DW_AT_macro_info : DW_AT_GNU_macros,
22707 macinfo_section_label);
22709 if (have_location_lists)
22710 optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
22712 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
22713 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
22714 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22715 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
22717 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
22718 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22720 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
22722 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
22723 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
22726 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
22727 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
22729 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22730 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
22731 debug_line_section_label);
22733 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
22736 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
22738 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
22739 or .debug_macro will be emitted. */
22740 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), have_macinfo);
22742 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
22743 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use != 1)
22745 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
22746 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
22747 output_abbrev_section ();
22750 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
22751 if (have_location_lists)
22753 /* Output the location lists info. */
22754 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
22755 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
22756 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22757 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
22758 output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ());
22761 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
22762 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
22764 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted);
22765 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
22766 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
22769 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
22770 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
22771 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
22772 simply won't look for the section. */
22773 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
22775 bool empty = false;
22777 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
22779 /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */
22783 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubtype_table, i, p)
22784 if (p->die->die_offset != 0)
22792 gcc_assert (info_section_emitted);
22793 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
22794 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
22798 /* Output the address range information if a CU (.debug_info section)
22799 was emitted. We output an empty table even if we had no functions
22800 to put in it. This because the consumer has no way to tell the
22801 difference between an empty table that we omitted and failure to
22802 generate a table that would have contained data. */
22803 if (info_section_emitted)
22805 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
22807 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
22808 output_aranges (aranges_length);
22811 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
22812 if (ranges_table_in_use)
22814 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
22815 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
22819 /* Have to end the macro section. */
22822 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
22823 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
22825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22828 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
22829 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
22830 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
22831 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
22832 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
22833 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
22834 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
22835 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
22836 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22837 output_line_info ();
22839 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
22841 if (debug_str_hash)
22842 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
22845 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"